From c870315edd8c0e1b151cfb7410c1c4d673939e95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Mon, 19 May 2014 22:08:29 +0000 Subject: latex2e-help-texinfo (19may14) git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@34128 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info | 757 ++--- .../doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog | 47 + .../doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile | 15 +- .../texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS | 10 +- .../doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk | 492 ++-- .../doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html | 699 ++--- .../doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf | Bin 675691 -> 677196 bytes .../doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi | 141 +- .../doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt | 2889 ++++++++++---------- .../doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml | 2356 ++++++++-------- 10 files changed, 3955 insertions(+), 3451 deletions(-) (limited to 'Master') diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info index 5a2d15df58f..47ff7721832 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -This is latex2e.info, produced by texi2any version 5.1+dev from +This is latex2e.info, produced by texi2any version 5.2dev+dev from latex2e.texi. This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document -preparation system, version of May 2013. +preparation system, version of May 2014. This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. @@ -10,14 +10,13 @@ Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges using 'Hypertext Help with LaTeX', by -Sheldon Green, and the 'LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by -L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as -'TeXniques' number 10), as reference material (no text was directly -copied). +Sheldon Green, and 'LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by L. Botway +and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as 'TeXniques' +number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). - Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Karl Berry. -Copyright (C) 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. -Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. + Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 Karl Berry. +Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. +Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are @@ -43,7 +42,7 @@ LaTeX2e ******* This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document -preparation system, version as of May 2013. It is intended to cover +preparation system, version as of May 2014. It is intended to cover LaTeX2e, which has been the standard version of LaTeX for many years. * Menu: @@ -52,7 +51,7 @@ LaTeX2e, which has been the standard version of LaTeX for many years. * Overview:: What is LaTeX? * Starting & ending:: The standard beginning and end of a document. * Document classes:: Some of the various classes available. -* Typefaces:: And fonts, such as bold, italics etc. +* Fonts:: Italic, bold, typewriter, etc. * Layout:: Controlling the page layout. * Sectioning:: How to section properly. * Cross references:: Automatic referencing. @@ -196,7 +195,7 @@ locally. the '\begin{document}' commands (this area is called the "preamble").  -File: latex2e.info, Node: Document classes, Next: Typefaces, Prev: Starting & ending, Up: Top +File: latex2e.info, Node: Document classes, Next: Fonts, Prev: Starting & ending, Up: Top 4 Document classes ****************** @@ -300,10 +299,10 @@ the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with '\usepackage'.  -File: latex2e.info, Node: Typefaces, Next: Layout, Prev: Document classes, Up: Top +File: latex2e.info, Node: Fonts, Next: Layout, Prev: Document classes, Up: Top -5 Typefaces -*********** +5 Fonts +******* Two important aspects of selecting a "font" are specifying a size and a style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. @@ -315,25 +314,28 @@ style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. * Low-level font commands:: Select encoding, family, series, shape.  -File: latex2e.info, Node: Font styles, Next: Font sizes, Up: Typefaces +File: latex2e.info, Node: Font styles, Next: Font sizes, Up: Fonts 5.1 Font styles =============== The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. - This first group of commands is typically used like '\textit{italic -text}'. The corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration -form", which takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form -lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group. + This first group of commands is typically used with an argument, as +in '\textit{italic text}'. In the table below, the corresponding +command in parenthesis is the "declaration form", which takes no +arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type +style command or the end of the current group. - The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either -'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif. + These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, +are cumulative; e.g.,, you can say either '\sffamily\bfseries' or +'\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif. You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for instance, '\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'. - These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the + These commands automatically supply an italic correction if needed. + '\textrm (\rmfamily)' Roman. @@ -403,9 +405,9 @@ must be loaded, and sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: . - LaTeX also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to -the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative. They are used -differently than the above commands, too: '{\CMD ...}' instead of + LaTeX also provides the following commands, which unconditionally +switch to the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative. Also, they +are used differently than the above commands: '{\CMD ...}' instead of '\CMD{...}'. These are two very different things. '\bf' @@ -435,8 +437,15 @@ differently than the above commands, too: '{\CMD ...}' instead of '\tt' Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). + Some people consider the unconditional font-switching commands, such +as '\tt', obsolete and _only_ the cumulative commands ('\texttt') should +be used. I (Karl) do not agree. There are perfectly reasonable +situations when an unconditional font switch is precisely what you need +to get the desired output; for one example, *note 'description': +description. Both sets of commands have their place. +  -File: latex2e.info, Node: Font sizes, Next: Low-level font commands, Prev: Font styles, Up: Typefaces +File: latex2e.info, Node: Font sizes, Next: Low-level font commands, Prev: Font styles, Up: Fonts 5.2 Font sizes ============== @@ -465,7 +474,7 @@ of the current group. You can also use the environment form of these commands; for instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'.  -File: latex2e.info, Node: Low-level font commands, Prev: Font sizes, Up: Typefaces +File: latex2e.info, Node: Low-level font commands, Prev: Font sizes, Up: Fonts 5.3 Low-level font commands =========================== @@ -538,7 +547,7 @@ ones. '\selectfont'.  -File: latex2e.info, Node: Layout, Next: Sectioning, Prev: Typefaces, Up: Top +File: latex2e.info, Node: Layout, Next: Sectioning, Prev: Fonts, Up: Top 6 Layout ******** @@ -860,6 +869,7 @@ environment begins and ends in the same manner: * eqnarray:: Sequences of aligned equations. * equation:: Displayed equation. * figure:: Floating figures. +* filecontents:: Writing multiple files from the source. * flushleft:: Flushed left lines. * flushright:: Flushed right lines. * itemize:: Bulleted lists. @@ -1142,7 +1152,7 @@ displaymath::), e.g., centering the MATH text on the page, and also places an equation number in the right margin.  -File: latex2e.info, Node: figure, Next: flushleft, Prev: equation, Up: Environments +File: latex2e.info, Node: figure, Next: filecontents, Prev: equation, Up: Environments 9.10 'figure' ============= @@ -1256,9 +1266,55 @@ non-float text: .  -File: latex2e.info, Node: flushleft, Next: flushright, Prev: figure, Up: Environments +File: latex2e.info, Node: filecontents, Next: flushleft, Prev: figure, Up: Environments + +9.11 'filecontents': Create external files +========================================== + +Synopsis: + + \begin{filecontents}{FILENAME} + CONTENTS-OF-FILE + \end{filecontents} + ... + \documentclass{MY-DOCUMENT-CLASS} + + The 'filecontents' environment is an "initial command", meaning that +it can be used only before the '\documentclass' command, as in the +synopsis above. + + LaTeX will create a file named FILENAME with the content +CONTENTS-OF-FILE preceded by a header comment indicating how and when +the file was generated. If the file already exists then nothing will +happen. + + You can also use the 'filecontents' package, which has the following +advantages: -9.11 'flushleft' + * If the file already exists, then it will be overwritten. + + * You can use the 'filecontents' environment at any point after the + declaration '\usepackage{filecontents}', not just before + '\documentclass'. + + * The 'filecontents' package also provides a 'filecontents*' + environment which is used in the same way as the 'filecontents' + environment except that it won't insert any leading comment, so it + is better suited to create files which aren't in LaTeX format. + + The 'filecontents' environment only creates the file, and is +unrelated to using the created file. So you need to use, for instance, +'\input' or '\usepackage' or '\bibliography' or whatever is applicable, +to use the created file. + + This environment is also useful to make a self-contained document, +for example, for a bug report, or to keep a '.bib' file with the main +document. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: flushleft, Next: flushright, Prev: filecontents, Up: Environments + +9.12 'flushleft' ================ \begin{flushleft} @@ -1278,7 +1334,7 @@ right Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedright, Up: flushleft -9.11.1 '\raggedright' +9.12.1 '\raggedright' --------------------- The '\raggedright' declaration corresponds to the 'flushleft' @@ -1294,7 +1350,7 @@ paragraph unit.  File: latex2e.info, Node: flushright, Next: itemize, Prev: flushleft, Up: Environments -9.12 'flushright' +9.13 'flushright' ================= \begin{flushright} @@ -1314,7 +1370,7 @@ left. Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedleft, Up: flushright -9.12.1 '\raggedleft' +9.13.1 '\raggedleft' -------------------- The '\raggedleft' declaration corresponds to the 'flushright' @@ -1330,7 +1386,7 @@ paragraph unit.  File: latex2e.info, Node: itemize, Next: letter, Prev: flushright, Up: Environments -9.13 'itemize' +9.14 'itemize' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1435,7 +1491,7 @@ within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note  File: latex2e.info, Node: letter, Next: list, Prev: itemize, Up: Environments -9.14 'letter' environment: writing letters +9.15 'letter' environment: writing letters ========================================== This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::. @@ -1443,7 +1499,7 @@ This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::.  File: latex2e.info, Node: list, Next: math, Prev: letter, Up: Environments -9.15 'list' +9.16 'list' =========== The 'list' environment is a generic environment which is used for @@ -1471,7 +1527,7 @@ empty, i.e., '{}', which leaves the default spacing.  File: latex2e.info, Node: math, Next: minipage, Prev: list, Up: Environments -9.16 'math' +9.17 'math' =========== Synopsis: @@ -1486,7 +1542,7 @@ text. '\(...\))' and '$...$' are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::.  File: latex2e.info, Node: minipage, Next: picture, Prev: math, Up: Environments -9.17 'minipage' +9.18 'minipage' =============== \begin{minipage}[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH} @@ -1517,7 +1573,7 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.  File: latex2e.info, Node: picture, Next: quotation, Prev: minipage, Up: Environments -9.18 'picture' +9.19 'picture' ============== \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) @@ -1607,7 +1663,7 @@ corner of the box.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \circle, Next: \makebox (picture), Up: picture -9.18.1 '\circle' +9.19.1 '\circle' ---------------- \circle[*]{DIAMETER} @@ -1621,7 +1677,7 @@ solid circle.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \makebox (picture), Next: \framebox (picture), Prev: \circle, Up: picture -9.18.2 '\makebox' +9.19.2 '\makebox' ----------------- '\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}' @@ -1650,7 +1706,7 @@ text appears in. You may select up to two of the following:  File: latex2e.info, Node: \framebox (picture), Next: \dashbox, Prev: \makebox (picture), Up: picture -9.18.3 '\framebox' +9.19.3 '\framebox' ------------------ Synopsis: @@ -1667,7 +1723,7 @@ leaves a space '\fboxsep' between the rule and the contents of the box.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \dashbox, Next: \frame, Prev: \framebox (picture), Up: picture -9.18.4 '\dashbox' +9.19.4 '\dashbox' ----------------- Draws a box with a dashed line. Synopsis: @@ -1685,7 +1741,7 @@ of the 'dlen'.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \frame, Next: \line, Prev: \dashbox, Up: picture -9.18.5 '\frame' +9.19.5 '\frame' --------------- Synopsis: @@ -1699,7 +1755,7 @@ is put between the frame and the object.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \line, Next: \linethickness, Prev: \frame, Up: picture -9.18.6 '\line' +9.19.6 '\line' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -1717,7 +1773,7 @@ CTAN.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \linethickness, Next: \thicklines, Prev: \line, Up: picture -9.18.7 '\linethickness' +9.19.7 '\linethickness' ----------------------- The '\linethickness{DIM}' command declares the thickness of horizontal @@ -1730,7 +1786,7 @@ circles, or the quarter circles drawn by '\oval'.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \thicklines, Next: \thinlines, Prev: \linethickness, Up: picture -9.18.8 '\thicklines' +9.19.8 '\thicklines' -------------------- The '\thicklines' command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal @@ -1740,7 +1796,7 @@ and *note \thinlines::.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \thinlines, Next: \multiput, Prev: \thicklines, Up: picture -9.18.9 '\thinlines' +9.19.9 '\thinlines' ------------------- The '\thinlines' command is the default line thickness for horizontal @@ -1750,7 +1806,7 @@ and *note \thicklines::.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \multiput, Next: \oval, Prev: \thinlines, Up: picture -9.18.10 '\multiput' +9.19.10 '\multiput' ------------------- Synopsis: @@ -1763,7 +1819,7 @@ across a picture. OBJ is first placed at position (x,y), then at  File: latex2e.info, Node: \oval, Next: \put, Prev: \multiput, Up: picture -9.18.11 '\oval' +9.19.11 '\oval' --------------- Synopsis: @@ -1790,7 +1846,7 @@ rounded corners.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \put, Next: \shortstack, Prev: \oval, Up: picture -9.18.12 '\put' +9.19.12 '\put' -------------- '\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }' @@ -1801,7 +1857,7 @@ argument at the given coordinates.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \shortstack, Next: \vector, Prev: \put, Up: picture -9.18.13 '\shortstack' +9.19.13 '\shortstack' --------------------- Synopsis: @@ -1823,7 +1879,7 @@ positions are:  File: latex2e.info, Node: \vector, Prev: \shortstack, Up: picture -9.18.14 '\vector' +9.19.14 '\vector' ----------------- Synopsis: @@ -1837,7 +1893,7 @@ inclusive.  File: latex2e.info, Node: quotation, Next: quote, Prev: picture, Up: Environments -9.19 'quotation' +9.20 'quotation' ================ Synopsis: @@ -1855,7 +1911,7 @@ blank line between text produces a new paragraph.  File: latex2e.info, Node: quote, Next: tabbing, Prev: quotation, Up: Environments -9.20 'quote' +9.21 'quote' ============ Snyopsis: @@ -1873,7 +1929,7 @@ line between text produces a new paragraph.  File: latex2e.info, Node: tabbing, Next: table, Prev: quote, Up: Environments -9.21 'tabbing' +9.22 'tabbing' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1967,7 +2023,7 @@ environment.  File: latex2e.info, Node: table, Next: tabular, Prev: tabbing, Up: Environments -9.22 'table' +9.23 'table' ============ Synopsis: @@ -1997,7 +2053,7 @@ etc., you wish. The '\caption' command allows you to title your table.  File: latex2e.info, Node: tabular, Next: thebibliography, Prev: table, Up: Environments -9.23 'tabular' +9.24 'tabular' ============== Synopsis: @@ -2121,7 +2177,7 @@ rule below the table) follows.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \multicolumn, Next: \cline, Up: tabular -9.23.1 '\multicolumn' +9.24.1 '\multicolumn' --------------------- Synopsis: @@ -2146,7 +2202,7 @@ third mandatory argument, TEXT, specifies what text to put in the entry.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \cline, Next: \hline, Prev: \multicolumn, Up: tabular -9.23.2 '\cline' +9.24.2 '\cline' --------------- Synopsis: @@ -2160,7 +2216,7 @@ specified in the mandatory argument.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \hline, Next: \vline, Prev: \cline, Up: tabular -9.23.3 '\hline' +9.24.3 '\hline' --------------- The '\hline' command draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing @@ -2170,7 +2226,7 @@ line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of a table.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \vline, Prev: \hline, Up: tabular -9.23.4 '\vline' +9.24.4 '\vline' --------------- The '\vline' command will draw a vertical line extending the full height @@ -2180,7 +2236,7 @@ to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an @-expression.  File: latex2e.info, Node: thebibliography, Next: theorem, Prev: tabular, Up: Environments -9.24 'thebibliography' +9.25 'thebibliography' ====================== Synopsis: @@ -2215,7 +2271,7 @@ references, '99' for ones with less than 100, etc.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \bibitem, Next: \cite, Up: thebibliography -9.24.1 '\bibitem' +9.25.1 '\bibitem' ----------------- Synopsis: @@ -2235,7 +2291,7 @@ next section) to produce the associated label.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \cite, Next: \nocite, Prev: \bibitem, Up: thebibliography -9.24.2 '\cite' +9.25.2 '\cite' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -2252,7 +2308,7 @@ For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \nocite, Next: Using BibTeX, Prev: \cite, Up: thebibliography -9.24.3 '\nocite' +9.25.3 '\nocite' ---------------- '\nocite{key_list}' @@ -2263,7 +2319,7 @@ is a list of one or more citation keys, on the '.aux' file.  File: latex2e.info, Node: Using BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography -9.24.4 Using BibTeX +9.25.4 Using BibTeX ------------------- If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if @@ -2303,7 +2359,7 @@ the bibliography.  File: latex2e.info, Node: theorem, Next: titlepage, Prev: thebibliography, Up: Environments -9.25 'theorem' +9.26 'theorem' ============== Synopsis: @@ -2319,7 +2375,7 @@ under '\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::).  File: latex2e.info, Node: titlepage, Next: verbatim, Prev: theorem, Up: Environments -9.26 'titlepage' +9.27 'titlepage' ================ Synopsis: @@ -2339,7 +2395,7 @@ a standard title page without a 'titlepage' environment.  File: latex2e.info, Node: verbatim, Next: verse, Prev: titlepage, Up: Environments -9.27 'verbatim' +9.28 'verbatim' =============== Synopsis: @@ -2363,7 +2419,7 @@ typewriter.  File: latex2e.info, Node: \verb, Up: verbatim -9.27.1 '\verb' +9.28.1 '\verb' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -2383,7 +2439,7 @@ space" character.  File: latex2e.info, Node: verse, Prev: verbatim, Up: Environments -9.28 'verse' +9.29 'verse' ============ Synopsis: @@ -3012,8 +3068,8 @@ instance, '\alph{enumi}'. The symbols mostly aren't supported in Info, but here are the names: - asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel - double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger + asterisk(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel + double-asterisk(**) double-dagger double-ddagger  File: latex2e.info, Node: \usecounter, Next: \value, Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Up: Counters @@ -4329,12 +4385,16 @@ Synopsis: 'arabic' arabic numerals + 'roman' lowercase Roman numerals + 'Roman' uppercase Roman numerals + 'alph' lowercase letters + 'Alph' uppercase letters @@ -4370,7 +4430,7 @@ typeset from the current page onwards. Values for STYLE: '\markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}' Sets both the left and the right heading. A "left-hand heading" (LEFT) is generated by the last '\markboth' command before the end - of the page, while a "right-hand heading" (RIGHT is generated by + of the page, while a "right-hand heading" (RIGHT) is generated by the first '\markboth' or '\markright' that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. @@ -4791,8 +4851,8 @@ Synopsis: \usebox{\BOXCMD} - '\usebox' producesthe box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by a -'\savebox' command (*note \savebox::). + '\usebox' produces the box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by +a '\savebox' command (*note \savebox::).  File: latex2e.info, Node: Special insertions, Next: Splitting the input, Prev: Boxes, Up: Top @@ -5221,6 +5281,9 @@ several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX. + *Note filecontents::, for an environment that allows bundling an +external file to be created with the main document. + * Menu: * \include:: Conditionally include a file. @@ -5791,8 +5854,7 @@ A.3 'tugboat' template \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} \else \usepackage{url} \fi @@ -5916,7 +5978,8 @@ Concept Index * big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 79) * black boxes, omitting: Document class options. (line 27) -* bold font: Font styles. (line 95) +* bold font: Font styles. (line 98) +* bold math: Font styles. (line 78) * bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 18) * boxes: Boxes. (line 6) * brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 82) @@ -5929,7 +5992,7 @@ Concept Index * bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 87) * bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 88) * bulleted lists: itemize. (line 6) -* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 98) +* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 101) * cap height: Text symbols. (line 96) * caron accent: Accents. (line 95) * case sensitivity of LaTeX: Overview. (line 57) @@ -6024,8 +6087,8 @@ Concept Index * em-dash: Text symbols. (line 110) * em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 163) * em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 169) -* emphasis: Font styles. (line 27) -* emphasis <1>: Font styles. (line 101) +* emphasis: Font styles. (line 30) +* emphasis <1>: Font styles. (line 104) * enclosure list: \encl. (line 6) * ending & starting: Starting & ending. (line 6) * enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6) @@ -6044,11 +6107,12 @@ Concept Index * exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 119) * exponent: Subscripts & superscripts. (line 6) +* external files, creating: filecontents. (line 6) * feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 132) * figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) * figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 21) * figures, inserting: figure. (line 6) -* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 119) +* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 122) * 'float' package: figure. (line 34) * 'float' package <1>: figure. (line 38) * flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage. (line 6) @@ -6056,7 +6120,7 @@ Concept Index (line 6) * font sizes: Font sizes. (line 6) * font styles: Font styles. (line 6) -* fonts: Typefaces. (line 6) +* fonts: Fonts. (line 6) * fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 6) * footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6) * footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters. @@ -6104,11 +6168,12 @@ Concept Index * indent, suppressing: \noindent. (line 6) * indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 17) * indexes: Indexes. (line 6) +* initial command: filecontents. (line 14) * input file: Splitting the input. (line 6) * input/output: Terminal input/output. (line 6) * inserting figures: figure. (line 6) -* italic font: Font styles. (line 104) +* italic font: Font styles. (line 107) * justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 6) * justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 6) * Knuth, Donald E.: About this document. (line 6) @@ -6148,7 +6213,7 @@ Concept Index * line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. (line 6) * lines in tables: tabular. (line 6) -* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 79) +* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 82) * lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 6) * lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 6) * list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 6) @@ -6183,9 +6248,10 @@ Concept Index * math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode. (line 6) * math symbols: Math symbols. (line 6) +* math, bold: Font styles. (line 78) * minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 6) * modes: Modes. (line 6) -* monospace font: Font styles. (line 119) +* monospace font: Font styles. (line 122) * moving arguments: \protect. (line 6) * multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 6) * 'multind' package: Indexes. (line 39) @@ -6204,12 +6270,12 @@ Concept Index * notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6) * null delimiter: Math miscellany. (line 21) * numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 6) -* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 79) -* oblique font: Font styles. (line 116) +* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 82) +* oblique font: Font styles. (line 119) * oe ligature: Non-English characters. (line 43) * ogonek: Accents. (line 69) -* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 79) +* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 82) * one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 6) * opening quote: Text symbols. (line 37) * options, document class: Document class options. @@ -6284,12 +6350,12 @@ Concept Index * ring accent: Accents. (line 74) * ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 41) * robust commands: \protect. (line 16) -* roman font: Font styles. (line 107) +* roman font: Font styles. (line 110) * running header and footer: Page layout parameters. (line 6) * running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6) -* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 113) -* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 98) +* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 116) +* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 101) * section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) * section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 47) * section symbol: Text symbols. (line 55) @@ -6307,8 +6373,8 @@ Concept Index * single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 49) * single right quote: Text symbols. (line 150) * sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 6) -* slanted font: Font styles. (line 116) -* small caps font: Font styles. (line 110) +* slanted font: Font styles. (line 119) +* small caps font: Font styles. (line 113) * space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 6) * spaces: Spaces. (line 6) * spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode. @@ -6341,7 +6407,7 @@ Concept Index (line 6) * TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 58) * text symbols: Text symbols. (line 6) -* 'textcomp' package: Font styles. (line 79) +* 'textcomp' package: Font styles. (line 82) * thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 22) * theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 6) * theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6) @@ -6362,8 +6428,8 @@ Concept Index * typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6) * typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 6) * typeface styles: Font styles. (line 6) -* typefaces: Typefaces. (line 6) -* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 119) +* typefaces: Fonts. (line 6) +* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 122) * typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 18) * umlaut accent: Accents. (line 16) * underbar: Accents. (line 88) @@ -6382,6 +6448,7 @@ Concept Index * visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 175) * wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 50) * wide tile accent, math: Math accents. (line 53) +* writing external files: filecontents. (line 6) * XeTeX: Overview. (line 35) * 'xindy' program: Indexes. (line 23) @@ -6493,8 +6560,8 @@ Command Index (line 52) * \begin: Environments. (line 6) * \beta: Math symbols. (line 38) -* \bf: Font styles. (line 94) -* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 33) +* \bf: Font styles. (line 97) +* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 36) * \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6) * \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6) * \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6) @@ -6524,7 +6591,7 @@ Command Index * \breve: Math accents. (line 16) * \bullet: Math symbols. (line 86) * \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 50) -* \cal: Font styles. (line 97) +* \cal: Font styles. (line 100) * \cap: Math symbols. (line 89) * \capitalacute: Accents. (line 20) * \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 85) @@ -6605,6 +6672,7 @@ Command Index * \DJ: Non-English characters. (line 23) * \documentclass: Document classes. (line 6) +* \documentclass, commands before: filecontents. (line 14) * \dot: Math accents. (line 25) * \doteq: Math symbols. (line 140) * \dotfill: \dotfill. (line 6) @@ -6613,8 +6681,8 @@ Command Index * \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 143) * \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 146) * \ell: Math symbols. (line 149) -* \em: Font styles. (line 100) -* \emph: Font styles. (line 27) +* \em: Font styles. (line 103) +* \emph: Font styles. (line 30) * \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 152) * \encl: \encl. (line 6) * \end: Environments. (line 6) @@ -6725,13 +6793,13 @@ Command Index * \int: Math symbols. (line 218) * \intextsep: figure. (line 89) * \iota: Math symbols. (line 221) -* \it: Font styles. (line 103) +* \it: Font styles. (line 106) * \item: description. (line 14) * \item <1>: enumerate. (line 19) * \item <2>: itemize. (line 6) * \itemindent: itemize. (line 49) * \itemsep: itemize. (line 71) -* \itshape: Font styles. (line 24) +* \itshape: Font styles. (line 27) * \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 65) * \jmath: Math accents. (line 37) * \Join: Math symbols. (line 224) @@ -6825,17 +6893,17 @@ Command Index * \marginparwidth: Marginal notes. (line 41) * \markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 29) * \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 36) -* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 57) -* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 73) -* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 70) +* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 60) +* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 76) +* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 73) * \mathring: Math accents. (line 40) -* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 54) -* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 60) -* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 63) -* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 75) +* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 57) +* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 63) +* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 66) +* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 78) * \max: Math functions. (line 81) * \mbox: \mbox. (line 6) -* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 30) +* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 33) * \medskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. (line 13) * \medskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. @@ -6882,7 +6950,7 @@ Command Index * \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 29) * \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. (line 6) -* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 51) +* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 54) * \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 21) * \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 11) * \not: Math symbols. (line 342) @@ -6903,7 +6971,7 @@ Command Index * \OE (OE): Non-English characters. (line 43) * \oint: Math symbols. (line 357) -* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 79) +* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 82) * \Omega: Math symbols. (line 360) * \omega: Math symbols. (line 363) * \ominus: Math symbols. (line 366) @@ -6983,8 +7051,8 @@ Command Index * \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 456) * \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 459) * \rightmargin: itemize. (line 62) -* \rm: Font styles. (line 106) -* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 21) +* \rm: Font styles. (line 109) +* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 24) * \roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. (line 18) * \roman <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. @@ -6994,9 +7062,9 @@ Command Index * \S: Text symbols. (line 54) * \savebox: \savebox. (line 6) * \sbox: \sbox. (line 6) -* \sc: Font styles. (line 109) +* \sc: Font styles. (line 112) * \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 11) -* \scshape: Font styles. (line 45) +* \scshape: Font styles. (line 48) * \searrow: Math symbols. (line 462) * \sec: Math functions. (line 93) * \section: Sectioning. (line 11) @@ -7009,8 +7077,8 @@ Command Index * \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 6) * \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 6) * \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 6) -* \sf: Font styles. (line 112) -* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 42) +* \sf: Font styles. (line 115) +* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 45) * \sharp: Math symbols. (line 468) * \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 6) * \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 471) @@ -7020,8 +7088,8 @@ Command Index * \simeq: Math symbols. (line 480) * \sin: Math functions. (line 96) * \sinh: Math functions. (line 99) -* \sl: Font styles. (line 115) -* \slshape: Font styles. (line 39) +* \sl: Font styles. (line 118) +* \slshape: Font styles. (line 42) * \small: Font sizes. (line 11) * \smallint: Math symbols. (line 483) * \smallskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. @@ -7079,7 +7147,7 @@ Command Index * \textbackslash: Text symbols. (line 69) * \textbar: Text symbols. (line 72) * \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 75) -* \textbf: Font styles. (line 33) +* \textbf: Font styles. (line 36) * \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 78) * \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 81) * \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 84) @@ -7101,11 +7169,11 @@ Command Index * \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 121) * \textheight: Page layout parameters. (line 29) -* \textit: Font styles. (line 24) +* \textit: Font styles. (line 27) * \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 127) * \textless: Text symbols. (line 124) -* \textmd: Font styles. (line 30) -* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 51) +* \textmd: Font styles. (line 33) +* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 54) * \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 130) * \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 131) * \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 40) @@ -7119,17 +7187,17 @@ Command Index * \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 153) * \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 156) * \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 159) -* \textrm: Font styles. (line 21) -* \textsc: Font styles. (line 45) -* \textsf: Font styles. (line 42) -* \textsl: Font styles. (line 39) +* \textrm: Font styles. (line 24) +* \textsc: Font styles. (line 48) +* \textsf: Font styles. (line 45) +* \textsl: Font styles. (line 42) * \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 44) * \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 162) * \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 165) -* \texttt: Font styles. (line 48) +* \texttt: Font styles. (line 51) * \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 168) * \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 171) -* \textup: Font styles. (line 36) +* \textup: Font styles. (line 39) * \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 174) * \textwidth: Page layout parameters. (line 36) @@ -7162,8 +7230,8 @@ Command Index * \triangle: Math symbols. (line 555) * \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 558) * \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 561) -* \tt: Font styles. (line 118) -* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 48) +* \tt: Font styles. (line 121) +* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 51) * \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 6) * \typein: \typein. (line 6) * \typeout: \typeout. (line 6) @@ -7180,7 +7248,7 @@ Command Index * \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 576) * \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 579) * \uplus: Math symbols. (line 582) -* \upshape: Font styles. (line 36) +* \upshape: Font styles. (line 39) * \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 585) * \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 588) * \usebox: \usebox. (line 6) @@ -7274,6 +7342,7 @@ Command Index * executivepaper option: Document class options. (line 19) * figure: figure. (line 6) +* filecontents: filecontents. (line 6) * final option: Document class options. (line 24) * fleqn option: Document class options. @@ -7342,209 +7411,211 @@ Command Index  Tag Table: -Node: Top1690 -Node: About this document3544 -Node: Overview4969 -Node: Starting & ending7341 -Node: Document classes7903 -Node: Document class options8479 -Node: Typefaces11067 -Node: Font styles11509 -Node: Font sizes14506 -Node: Low-level font commands15741 -Node: Layout18195 -Node: \onecolumn18664 -Node: \twocolumn18877 -Node: \flushbottom20381 -Node: \raggedbottom20743 -Node: Page layout parameters21029 -Node: Sectioning24060 -Node: Cross references25601 -Node: \label26032 -Node: \pageref26894 -Node: \ref27193 -Node: Environments27583 -Node: abstract29039 -Node: array29280 -Node: center30609 -Node: \centering31086 -Node: description31926 -Node: displaymath32740 -Node: document33308 -Node: enumerate33565 -Node: eqnarray34854 -Node: equation36244 -Node: figure36617 -Node: flushleft40438 -Node: \raggedright40923 -Node: flushright41482 -Node: \raggedleft41970 -Node: itemize42527 -Node: letter46158 -Node: list46396 -Node: math47333 -Node: minipage47635 -Node: picture48827 -Node: \circle52858 -Node: \makebox (picture)53191 -Node: \framebox (picture)53886 -Node: \dashbox54376 -Node: \frame54905 -Node: \line55231 -Node: \linethickness55700 -Node: \thicklines56121 -Node: \thinlines56431 -Node: \multiput56733 -Node: \oval57099 -Node: \put57713 -Node: \shortstack57960 -Node: \vector58434 -Node: quotation58740 -Node: quote59196 -Node: tabbing59628 -Node: table62794 -Node: tabular63684 -Node: \multicolumn67773 -Node: \cline68570 -Node: \hline68890 -Node: \vline69204 -Node: thebibliography69517 -Node: \bibitem70659 -Node: \cite71390 -Node: \nocite71889 -Node: Using BibTeX72173 -Node: theorem73665 -Node: titlepage74051 -Node: verbatim74653 -Node: \verb75280 -Node: verse75830 -Node: Line breaking76324 -Node: \\77382 -Node: \obeycr & \restorecr77852 -Node: \newline78256 -Node: \- (hyphenation)78546 -Node: \fussy79156 -Node: \sloppy79549 -Node: \hyphenation79878 -Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak80505 -Node: Page breaking81159 -Node: \cleardoublepage81767 -Node: \clearpage82174 -Node: \newpage82450 -Node: \enlargethispage82685 -Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak83212 -Node: Footnotes83906 -Node: \footnote84524 -Node: \footnotemark85042 -Node: \footnotetext85608 -Node: Symbolic footnotes86093 -Node: Footnote parameters86650 -Node: Definitions87385 -Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand88100 -Node: \newcounter89453 -Node: \newlength89921 -Node: \newsavebox90433 -Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment90740 -Node: \newtheorem92117 -Node: \newfont93083 -Node: \protect93563 -Node: Counters94426 -Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol95670 -Node: \usecounter96714 -Node: \value97076 -Node: \setcounter97461 -Node: \addtocounter97752 -Node: \refstepcounter98048 -Node: \stepcounter98393 -Node: \day \month \year98644 -Node: Lengths99189 -Node: \setlength99758 -Node: \addtolength100100 -Node: \settodepth100395 -Node: \settoheight100670 -Node: \settowidth100949 -Node: Predefined lengths101213 -Node: Making paragraphs101728 -Node: \indent102300 -Node: \noindent102772 -Node: \parskip103058 -Node: Marginal notes103316 -Node: Math formulas104946 -Node: Subscripts & superscripts106728 -Node: Math symbols107195 -Node: Math functions114008 -Node: Math accents114951 -Node: Spacing in math mode115921 -Node: Math miscellany116552 -Node: Modes118050 -Node: Page styles119881 -Node: \maketitle120375 -Node: \pagenumbering121445 -Node: \pagestyle121858 -Node: \thispagestyle122998 -Node: Spaces123304 -Node: \hspace124363 -Node: \hfill124922 -Node: \SPACE125319 -Node: \AT125785 -Node: \thinspace126247 -Node: \/126506 -Node: \hrulefill127343 -Node: \dotfill127605 -Node: \addvspace127829 -Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip128321 -Node: \vfill128999 -Node: \vspace129304 -Node: Boxes129734 -Node: \mbox130453 -Node: \fbox and \framebox130740 -Node: lrbox131543 -Node: \makebox131860 -Node: \parbox132573 -Node: \raisebox133902 -Node: \savebox134499 -Node: \sbox134914 -Node: \usebox135363 -Node: Special insertions135621 -Node: Reserved characters136265 -Node: Text symbols137668 -Node: Accents140975 -Node: Non-English characters143448 -Node: \rule144119 -Node: \today144546 -Node: Splitting the input144991 -Node: \include145632 -Node: \includeonly146219 -Node: \input146711 -Node: Front/back matter147202 -Node: Tables of contents147407 -Node: \addcontentsline148435 -Node: \addtocontents149335 -Node: Glossaries149846 -Node: Indexes150365 -Node: Letters151992 -Node: \address153933 -Node: \cc154538 -Node: \closing154774 -Node: \encl155007 -Node: \location155199 -Node: \makelabels155461 -Node: \name155750 -Node: \opening155972 -Node: \ps156297 -Node: \signature156480 -Node: \startbreaks156763 -Node: \stopbreaks156985 -Node: \telephone157200 -Node: Terminal input/output157432 -Node: \typein157697 -Node: \typeout158278 -Node: Command line158901 -Node: Document templates159596 -Node: book template160000 -Node: beamer template160343 -Node: tugboat template160956 -Node: Concept Index163106 -Node: Command Index200453 +Node: Top1683 +Node: About this document3526 +Node: Overview4951 +Node: Starting & ending7323 +Node: Document classes7885 +Node: Document class options8457 +Node: Fonts11045 +Ref: Typefaces11148 +Node: Font styles11475 +Node: Font sizes14970 +Node: Low-level font commands16201 +Node: Layout18651 +Node: \onecolumn19116 +Node: \twocolumn19329 +Node: \flushbottom20833 +Node: \raggedbottom21195 +Node: Page layout parameters21481 +Node: Sectioning24512 +Node: Cross references26053 +Node: \label26484 +Node: \pageref27346 +Node: \ref27645 +Node: Environments28035 +Node: abstract29548 +Node: array29789 +Node: center31118 +Node: \centering31595 +Node: description32435 +Node: displaymath33249 +Node: document33817 +Node: enumerate34074 +Node: eqnarray35363 +Node: equation36753 +Node: figure37126 +Node: filecontents40950 +Node: flushleft42603 +Node: \raggedright43094 +Node: flushright43653 +Node: \raggedleft44141 +Node: itemize44698 +Node: letter48329 +Node: list48567 +Node: math49504 +Node: minipage49806 +Node: picture50998 +Node: \circle55029 +Node: \makebox (picture)55362 +Node: \framebox (picture)56057 +Node: \dashbox56547 +Node: \frame57076 +Node: \line57402 +Node: \linethickness57871 +Node: \thicklines58292 +Node: \thinlines58602 +Node: \multiput58904 +Node: \oval59270 +Node: \put59884 +Node: \shortstack60131 +Node: \vector60605 +Node: quotation60911 +Node: quote61367 +Node: tabbing61799 +Node: table64965 +Node: tabular65855 +Node: \multicolumn69944 +Node: \cline70741 +Node: \hline71061 +Node: \vline71375 +Node: thebibliography71688 +Node: \bibitem72830 +Node: \cite73561 +Node: \nocite74060 +Node: Using BibTeX74344 +Node: theorem75836 +Node: titlepage76222 +Node: verbatim76824 +Node: \verb77451 +Node: verse78001 +Node: Line breaking78495 +Node: \\79553 +Node: \obeycr & \restorecr80023 +Node: \newline80427 +Node: \- (hyphenation)80717 +Node: \fussy81327 +Node: \sloppy81720 +Node: \hyphenation82049 +Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak82676 +Node: Page breaking83330 +Node: \cleardoublepage83938 +Node: \clearpage84345 +Node: \newpage84621 +Node: \enlargethispage84856 +Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak85383 +Node: Footnotes86077 +Node: \footnote86695 +Node: \footnotemark87213 +Node: \footnotetext87779 +Node: Symbolic footnotes88264 +Node: Footnote parameters88821 +Node: Definitions89556 +Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand90271 +Node: \newcounter91624 +Node: \newlength92092 +Node: \newsavebox92604 +Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment92911 +Node: \newtheorem94288 +Node: \newfont95254 +Node: \protect95734 +Node: Counters96597 +Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol97841 +Node: \usecounter98887 +Node: \value99249 +Node: \setcounter99634 +Node: \addtocounter99925 +Node: \refstepcounter100221 +Node: \stepcounter100566 +Node: \day \month \year100817 +Node: Lengths101362 +Node: \setlength101931 +Node: \addtolength102273 +Node: \settodepth102568 +Node: \settoheight102843 +Node: \settowidth103122 +Node: Predefined lengths103386 +Node: Making paragraphs103901 +Node: \indent104473 +Node: \noindent104945 +Node: \parskip105231 +Node: Marginal notes105489 +Node: Math formulas107119 +Node: Subscripts & superscripts108901 +Node: Math symbols109368 +Node: Math functions116181 +Node: Math accents117124 +Node: Spacing in math mode118094 +Node: Math miscellany118725 +Node: Modes120223 +Node: Page styles122054 +Node: \maketitle122548 +Node: \pagenumbering123618 +Node: \pagestyle124035 +Node: \thispagestyle125176 +Node: Spaces125482 +Node: \hspace126541 +Node: \hfill127100 +Node: \SPACE127497 +Node: \AT127963 +Node: \thinspace128425 +Node: \/128684 +Node: \hrulefill129521 +Node: \dotfill129783 +Node: \addvspace130007 +Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip130499 +Node: \vfill131177 +Node: \vspace131482 +Node: Boxes131912 +Node: \mbox132631 +Node: \fbox and \framebox132918 +Node: lrbox133721 +Node: \makebox134038 +Node: \parbox134751 +Node: \raisebox136080 +Node: \savebox136677 +Node: \sbox137092 +Node: \usebox137541 +Node: Special insertions137800 +Node: Reserved characters138444 +Node: Text symbols139847 +Node: Accents143154 +Node: Non-English characters145627 +Node: \rule146298 +Node: \today146725 +Node: Splitting the input147170 +Node: \include147932 +Node: \includeonly148519 +Node: \input149011 +Node: Front/back matter149502 +Node: Tables of contents149707 +Node: \addcontentsline150735 +Node: \addtocontents151635 +Node: Glossaries152146 +Node: Indexes152665 +Node: Letters154292 +Node: \address156233 +Node: \cc156838 +Node: \closing157074 +Node: \encl157307 +Node: \location157499 +Node: \makelabels157761 +Node: \name158050 +Node: \opening158272 +Node: \ps158597 +Node: \signature158780 +Node: \startbreaks159063 +Node: \stopbreaks159285 +Node: \telephone159500 +Node: Terminal input/output159732 +Node: \typein159997 +Node: \typeout160578 +Node: Command line161201 +Node: Document templates161896 +Node: book template162300 +Node: beamer template162643 +Node: tugboat template163256 +Node: Concept Index165345 +Node: Command Index203057  End Tag Table diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog index 7250c507a9b..c373fc57bfe 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,50 @@ +2014-05-19 Karl Berry + + * May 2014 release for TeX Live 2014. + +2014-02-28 Karl Berry + + * latex2e.texi (filecontents): tweak language. + (Font styles): mention my disagreement with the oft-stated + notion that \tt, et al., are "obsolete". + +2014-02-27 Vincent Belaïche + + * latex2e.texi (filecontents): Clarify that LaTeX2e default + filecontents environment DOES NOT overwrite existing files, you + need filecontents package for that. + + * latex2e-es.texi (filecontents): Align on the English version. + +2014-02-26 Vincent Belaïche + + * latex2e-es.texi: Align Spanish translation with changes made by + Karl on 2014-02-23, and also some changes done before that. + +2014-02-25 Vincent Belaïche + + * latex2e.texi: Correct typo, rm duplicate 2014 in copyright notice. + +2014-02-23 Karl Berry + + * latex2e.texi (@title): put the "unofficial" label here, + not just the subtitle. + (Typefaces): Rename to "Fonts", since the chapter is about both, + and the latter is far more commonly used. Also fix truncated + sentence about italic correction. + +2014-02-02 Vincent Belaiche + + * latex2e-es.texi (\includeonly, \input): correct @code for + @section titles, plus \@fnsymbol not \fnsymbol. + http://gna.org/bugs/?21582 + +2014-01-31 Karl Berry + + * latex2e-es.texi (filecontents): new node from + Vincent Belaiche. http://gna.org/bugs/?21569 + * latex2e.texi: likewise, plus edits. + 2013-05-13 Karl Berry * latex2e.texi (Font styles): mention \oldstylenums. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile index bc781e222dd..8e9050be5ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile @@ -46,11 +46,14 @@ mostlyclean clean: realclean distclean: clean rm -f $(all) +dist = latex2e-help-texinfo.zip dist: all @rm -f spanish; ln -s . spanish - tar cvzf latex2e-help-texinfo.tgz \ - ChangeLog Makefile NEWS README ltx-help.el \ - latex2e.texi $(en_makeinfo_output) latex2e.pdf \ - $(addprefix spanish/, latex2e-es.texi $(es_makeinfo_output) latex2e-es.pdf) - @rm -f spanish - @ls -l latex2e-help-texinfo.tgz + @mkdir latex2e-help-texinfo; cd latex2e-help-texinfo; ln -s ../* . + zip -q $(dist) \ +$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/, ChangeLog Makefile NEWS README ltx-help.el \ + latex2e.texi $(en_makeinfo_output) latex2e.pdf) \ +$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/, \ + latex2e-es.texi $(es_makeinfo_output) latex2e-es.pdf) + @rm -rf latex2e-help-texinfo + @ls -l $(dist); unzip -t $(dist) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS index c501f23260c..d2dc89fc459 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS @@ -1,7 +1,15 @@ NEWS for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package. Public domain. Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen. -Spanish translation from Nacho Pacheco. +Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco. + +---------------------------------------------------------------- +Changes in May 2014 release: + +Usual bug fixes, template updates. +Add filecontents description, fnsymbol info, non-obsolescence of \tt et al., +mostly due to Vincent Belaiche. +Updates to Spanish translation, also from Vincent. ---------------------------------------------------------------- Changes in May 2013 release: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk index 94aba2c18a0..10eb5b9ea47 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ ]> -&latex;2e reference manual (May 2013) +&latex;2e reference manual (May 2014) - + @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of May 2013. +document preparation system, version of May 2014. This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -33,17 +33,18 @@ George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The &latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges -using Hypertext Help with &latex;, by Sheldon Green, and the +using Hypertext Help with &latex;, by Sheldon Green, and &latex; Command Summary (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users Group as &tex;niques number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). -Copyright © 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Karl Berry. +Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, +2014 Karl Berry. -Copyright © 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. +Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. -Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. +Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of May 2013. +document preparation system, version of May 2014. This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -69,17 +70,18 @@ George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The &latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges -using Hypertext Help with &latex;, by Sheldon Green, and the +using Hypertext Help with &latex;, by Sheldon Green, and &latex; Command Summary (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users Group as &tex;niques number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). -Copyright © 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Karl Berry. +Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, +2014 Karl Berry. -Copyright © 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. +Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. -Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. +Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice @@ -100,7 +102,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. &latex;2e This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version as of May 2013. It is +document preparation system, version as of May 2014. It is intended to cover &latex;2e, which has been the standard version of &latex; for many years. @@ -122,7 +124,7 @@ available from their web site. bug reporting reporting bugs -latexrefman-discuss@gna.org email address +latexrefman-discuss@gna.org email address The present document is completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the &latex; maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all @@ -169,8 +171,8 @@ least three files as output: The main output file, which is one of: .dvi -.dvi file -latex command +.dvi file +latex command If invoked as latex, a “Device Independent” (.dvi) file is produced. This contains commands that can be translated into commands for virtually any output device. You can view such @@ -179,21 +181,21 @@ commands for virtually any output device. You can view such PostScript), or dvipdfmx (convert to PDF). .pdf -.pdf file +.pdf file pdf&tex; -pdflatex command +pdflatex command If invoked as pdflatex, a “Portable Document Format” (.pdf) file. Typically, this is a self-contained file, with all fonts and images embedded. This can be very useful, but it does make the output much larger than the .dvi produced from the same document. -lualatex command +lualatex command Lua&tex; If invoked as lualatex, a .pdf file is created using the Lua&tex; engine (http://luatex.org). -xelatex command +xelatex command Xe&tex; If invoked as xelatex, a .pdf file is created using the Xe&tex; engine (http://tug.org/xetex). @@ -204,22 +206,22 @@ can produce HTML, XML, and other things. transcript file log file -.log file +.log file The “transcript” or .log file that contains summary information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file. auxiliary file -.aux file +.aux file An “auxiliary” or .aux file. This is used by &latex; itself, for things such as cross-references. An open-ended list of other files might be created. We won’t try to list them all. Xxx components? -\ character starting commands -[...] for optional arguments -{...} for required arguments +\ character starting commands +[...] for optional arguments +{...} for required arguments In the &latex; input file, a command name starts with a \, followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments contained in square brackets, [], are @@ -270,11 +272,11 @@ and the \begin{document} commands (this area is called the The \documentclass command must be the first command in a &latex; source file. -article class -report class -book class -letter class -slides class +article class +report class +book class +letter class +slides class Built-in &latex; document class names are (many other document classes are available as add-ons; see Overview): @@ -303,33 +305,33 @@ them with a comma: Here is the list of the standard class options. -10pt option -11pt option -12pt option +10pt option +11pt option +12pt option All of the standard classes except slides accept the following options for selecting the typeface size (default is 10pt): 10pt 11pt 12pt -a4paper option -a5paper option -b5paper option -executivepaper option -legalpaper option -letterpaper option +a4paper option +a5paper option +b5paper option +executivepaper option +legalpaper option +letterpaper option All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (default is letterpaper): a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper -draft option -final option -fleqn option -landscape option -leqno option -openbib option -titlepage option -notitlepage option +draft option +final option +fleqn option +landscape option +leqno option +openbib option +titlepage option +notitlepage option Miscellaneous other options: draft, final @@ -348,12 +350,12 @@ size (default is letterpaper): These options are not available with the slides class: -onecolumn option -twocolumn option -oneside option -twoside option -openright option -openany option +onecolumn option +twocolumn option +oneside option +twoside option +openright option +openany option onecolumn twocolumn Typeset in one or two columns; default is onecolumn. @@ -401,8 +403,9 @@ by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with - -Typefaces + +Fonts + typefaces fonts @@ -421,21 +424,22 @@ and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. The following type style commands are supported by &latex;. -This first group of commands is typically used like -\textit{italic text}. The corresponding command in -parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which takes no arguments. The -scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command -or the end of the current group. +This first group of commands is typically used with an argument, as in +\textit{italic text}. In the table below, the corresponding +command in parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which takes no +arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type +style command or the end of the current group. -The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either -\sffamily\bfseries or \bfseries\sffamily to get bold -sans serif. +These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, +are cumulative; e.g.,, you can say either \sffamily\bfseries or +\bfseries\sffamily to get bold sans serif. You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for instance, \begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}. -These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the -\textrm (\rmfamily) +These commands automatically supply an italic correction if needed. + +\textrm (\rmfamily) \textrm \rmfamily Roman. @@ -520,6 +524,8 @@ instance, \begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}. \mathversion +math, bold +bold math In addition, the command \mathversion{bold} can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. \mathversion{normal} restores the default. @@ -539,11 +545,11 @@ numerals also; sometimes the textcomp package must be loaded, and sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf. -&latex; also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to -the given style, that is, are not cumulative. They are used -differently than the above commands, too: {\cmd ...} -instead of \cmd{...}. These are two very different -things. +&latex; also provides the following commands, which unconditionally +switch to the given style, that is, are not cumulative. Also, +they are used differently than the above commands: {\cmd +...} instead of \cmd{...}. These are two very +different things. \bf\bf bold font @@ -586,6 +592,14 @@ things. Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). +Some people consider the unconditional font-switching commands, such +as \tt, obsolete and only the cumulative commands +(\texttt) should be used. I (Karl) do not agree. There are +perfectly reasonable situations when an unconditional font switch is +precisely what you need to get the desired output; for one example, +see description. Both sets of commands have +their place. + @@ -956,7 +970,7 @@ command is something like \appendix \chapter{The First Appendix} -secnumdepth counter +secnumdepth counter section numbers, printing The secnumdepth counter controls printing of section numbers. The setting @@ -1068,7 +1082,7 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: <literal>abstract</literal> -abstract environment +abstract environment abstracts Synopsis: @@ -1082,7 +1096,7 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: <literal>array</literal> -array environment +array environment arrays, math Synopsis: @@ -1137,7 +1151,7 @@ namely \arrayrulewidth and \arraystretch. <literal>center</literal> -center environment +center environment centering text, environment for Synopsis: @@ -1187,7 +1201,7 @@ second line \\ <literal>description</literal> -description environment +description environment labelled lists, creating description lists, creating @@ -1220,7 +1234,7 @@ plain typewriter}]. <literal>displaymath</literal> -displaymath environment +displaymath environment Synopsis: @@ -1245,7 +1259,7 @@ equation number, use the equation environment (see <literal>document</literal> -document environment +document environment The document environment encloses the body of a document. It is required in every &latex; document. See Starting & ending. @@ -1255,7 +1269,7 @@ It is required in every &latex; document. See <literal>enumerate</literal> -enumerate environment +enumerate environment lists of items, numbered Synopsis: @@ -1302,7 +1316,7 @@ use \renewcommand to change the labels (see \Alph example +\Alph example \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}} @@ -1311,12 +1325,12 @@ letters: <literal>eqnarray</literal> -eqnarray environment +eqnarray environment equations, aligning aligning equations -align environment, from amsmath -amsmath package, replacing eqnarray +align environment, from amsmath +amsmath package, replacing eqnarray Madsen, Lars First, a caveat: the eqnarray environment has some infelicities which cannot be overcome; the article “Avoid eqnarray!” by Lars @@ -1327,7 +1341,7 @@ others) from the amsmath package. Nevertheless, here is a description of eqnarray: -\begin{eqnarray} (or eqnarray*) +\begin{eqnarray} (or eqnarray*) formula1 \\ formula2 \\ ... @@ -1361,7 +1375,7 @@ zero width. <literal>equation</literal> -equation environment +equation environment equations, environment for formulas, environment for @@ -1502,9 +1516,60 @@ default 2. - + +<literal>filecontents</literal>: Create external files +filecontents +external files, creating +writing external files + +Synopsis: + +\begin{filecontents}{filename} +contents-of-file +\end{filecontents} +... +\documentclass{my-document-class} + +initial command +\documentclass, commands before +The filecontents environment is an initial command, +meaning that it can be used only before the \documentclass +command, as in the synopsis above. + +&latex; will create a file named filename with the content +contents-of-file preceded by a header comment indicating how and +when the file was generated. If the file already exists then nothing will +happen. + +You can also use the filecontents package, which has the +following advantages: + +If the file already exists, then it will be overwritten. + +You can use the filecontents environment at any point after the +declaration \usepackage{filecontents}, not just before +\documentclass. + +The filecontents package also provides a filecontents* +environment which is used in the same way as the filecontents +environment except that it won’t insert any leading comment, so it is +better suited to create files which aren’t in &latex; format. + + +The filecontents environment only creates the file, and is +unrelated to using the created file. So you need to use, for +instance, \input or \usepackage or \bibliography +or whatever is applicable, to use the created file. + +This environment is also useful to make a self-contained document, for +example, for a bug report, or to keep a .bib file with the main +document. + + + + <literal>flushleft</literal> -flushleft environment +flushleft environment left-justifying text, environment for ragged right text, environment for @@ -1514,14 +1579,14 @@ default 2. ... \end{flushleft} -\\ for flushleft +\\ for flushleft The flushleft environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged right Each line must be terminated with the string \\. - + <literal>\raggedright</literal> \raggedright ragged right text @@ -1541,9 +1606,9 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. - + <literal>flushright</literal> -flushright environment +flushright environment ragged left text, environment for right-justifying text, environment for @@ -1560,7 +1625,7 @@ left. Each line must be terminated with the string \\. - + <literal>\raggedleft</literal> \raggedleft ragged left text @@ -1580,9 +1645,9 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. - + <literal>itemize</literal> -itemize environment +itemize environment \item lists of items unordered lists @@ -1690,7 +1755,7 @@ documents, 3pt plus1pt minus1pt for 11pt, plus2pt minus2pt for 12pt. -\parskip example +\parskip example Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide space between items. Here is an example defining an itemize* environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs @@ -1706,7 +1771,7 @@ see \parskip): - + <literal>letter</literal> environment: writing letters letter @@ -1714,7 +1779,7 @@ see \parskip): - + <literal>list</literal> list lists of items, generic @@ -1743,10 +1808,10 @@ empty, i.e., {}, which leaves the default spacing. - + <literal>math</literal> -math environment +math environment in-line formulas Synopsis: @@ -1761,10 +1826,10 @@ See Math formulas. - + <literal>minipage</literal> -minipage environment +minipage environment minipage, creating a \begin{minipage}[position][height][inner-pos]{width} @@ -1800,7 +1865,7 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. - + <literal>picture</literal> picture @@ -1881,7 +1946,7 @@ be the lower left corner of the box. - + <literal>\circle</literal> \circle @@ -1895,7 +1960,7 @@ draws a solid circle. - + <literal>\makebox</literal> \makebox (picture) @@ -1925,7 +1990,7 @@ your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: - + <literal>\framebox</literal> \framebox @@ -1945,7 +2010,7 @@ and the contents of the box. - + <literal>\dashbox</literal> \dashbox @@ -1964,7 +2029,7 @@ multiples of the dlen. - + <literal>\frame</literal> \frame @@ -1978,7 +2043,7 @@ space is put between the frame and the object. - + <literal>\line</literal> \line @@ -1996,7 +2061,7 @@ see the curve2e and many many other packages on CTAN. - + <literal>\linethickness</literal> \linethickness @@ -2009,7 +2074,7 @@ circles, or the quarter circles drawn by \oval. - + <literal>\thicklines</literal> \thicklines @@ -2019,7 +2084,7 @@ cf. \linethickness and - + <literal>\thinlines</literal> \thinlines @@ -2029,7 +2094,7 @@ cf. \linethickness and - + <literal>\multiput</literal> \multiput @@ -2043,7 +2108,7 @@ pattern across a picture. obj is first placed at pos - + <literal>\oval</literal> \oval @@ -2070,7 +2135,7 @@ boxes with rounded corners. - + <literal>\put</literal> \put @@ -2082,7 +2147,7 @@ argument at the given coordinates. - + <literal>\shortstack</literal> \shortstack @@ -2100,12 +2165,12 @@ positions are: c Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default) -\\ (for \shortstack objects) +\\ (for \shortstack objects) Objects are separated with \\. - + <literal>\vector</literal> \vector @@ -2120,7 +2185,7 @@ length and slope. The x - + <literal>quotation</literal> quotation @@ -2143,7 +2208,7 @@ normally. - + <literal>quote</literal> quote @@ -2165,10 +2230,10 @@ blank line between text produces a new paragraph. - + <literal>tabbing</literal> -tabbing environment +tabbing environment tab stops, using lining text up using tab stops alignment via tabbing @@ -2191,13 +2256,13 @@ environment. The following commands can be used inside a tabbing enviroment: -\\ (tabbing)\\ (tabbing) +\\ (tabbing)\\ (tabbing) End a line. -\= (tabbing)\= (tabbing) +\= (tabbing)\= (tabbing) Sets a tab stop at the current position. -\> (tabbing)\> (tabbing) +\> (tabbing)\> (tabbing) \> Advances to the next tab stop. @@ -2215,13 +2280,13 @@ necessary. following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. -\’ (tabbing)\' (tabbing) +\’ (tabbing)\' (tabbing) Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e. everything from the most recent \>, \<, \', \\, or \kill command, to the right of the previous column, flush against the current column’s tab stop. -\‘ (tabbing)\` (tabbing) +\‘ (tabbing)\` (tabbing) Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can’t move text to the right of the last column because there’s no tab stop there. The \` command moves all the @@ -2230,10 +2295,10 @@ command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no \> or \' command between the \` and the command that ends the line. -\a (tabbing)\a (tabbing) -\a’ (acute accent in tabbing) -\a‘ (grave accent in tabbing) -\a= (macron accent in tabbing) +\a (tabbing)\a (tabbing) +\a’ (acute accent in tabbing) +\a‘ (grave accent in tabbing) +\a= (macron accent in tabbing) In a tabbing environment, the commands \=, \' and \` do not produce accents as usual (see Accents). Instead, the commands \a=, \a' and \a` are used. @@ -2270,7 +2335,7 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ - + <literal>table</literal> table @@ -2303,9 +2368,9 @@ you wish. The \caption command allows you to title your tabl - + <literal>tabular</literal> -tabular environment +tabular environment lines in tables lining text up in tables @@ -2326,7 +2391,7 @@ column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. -\\ for tabular +\\ for tabular \\ must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, except for the last, where it is optional—unless an \hline command (to put a rule below the table) follows. @@ -2426,7 +2491,7 @@ environment: - + <literal>\multicolumn</literal> \multicolumn @@ -2452,7 +2517,7 @@ for flushleft, r for flushright. The third mandatory argumen - + <literal>\cline</literal> \cline @@ -2466,7 +2531,7 @@ which are specified in the mandatory argument. - + <literal>\hline</literal> \hline @@ -2477,7 +2542,7 @@ of a table. - + <literal>\vline</literal> \vline @@ -2489,7 +2554,7 @@ move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an - + <literal>thebibliography</literal> thebibliography @@ -2520,7 +2585,7 @@ less than 10 references, 99 for ones with less than 100, etc. - + <literal>\bibitem</literal> \bibitem @@ -2543,7 +2608,7 @@ associated label. - + <literal>\cite</literal> \cite @@ -2563,7 +2628,7 @@ citation. For example, \cite[p.~314]{knuth} might produce - + <literal>\nocite</literal> \nocite @@ -2574,7 +2639,7 @@ which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the .aux f - + Using Bib&tex; using Bib&tex; @@ -2621,10 +2686,10 @@ Bib&tex; format. Only the entries referred to via \cite and - + <literal>theorem</literal> -theorem environment +theorem environment theorems, typesetting Synopsis: @@ -2640,10 +2705,10 @@ possibilities for n are described under \new - + <literal>titlepage</literal> -titlepage environment +titlepage environment making a title page title pages, creating @@ -2664,10 +2729,10 @@ produce a standard title page without a titlepage environment - + <literal>verbatim</literal> -verbatim environment +verbatim environment verbatim text simulating typed text typed text, simulating @@ -2689,7 +2754,7 @@ effect that they would on a typewriter. The verbatim uses a monospaced typewriter-like font (\tt). - + <literal>\verb</literal> \verb @@ -2713,10 +2778,10 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in literal-text - + <literal>verse</literal> -verse environment +verse environment poetry, an environment for Synopsis: @@ -2730,7 +2795,7 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in literal-textThe verse environment is designed for poetry, though you may find other uses for it. -\\ for verse +\\ for verse The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are not indented, and the text is not justified. Separate the lines of each stanza with \\, and use one or more blank lines to separate the @@ -2757,7 +2822,7 @@ some environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the <literal>\\</literal>[*][<replaceable>morespace</replaceable>] -\\ force line break +\\ force line break new line, starting line break, forcing @@ -2799,7 +2864,7 @@ mode. <literal>\-</literal> (discretionary hyphen) -\- (hyphenation) +\- (hyphenation) hyphenation, forcing The \- command tells &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at @@ -3047,7 +3112,7 @@ numbers, redefine \thefootnote like this: \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} -\fnsymbol, and footnotes +\fnsymbol, and footnotes \@fnsymbol The \fnsymbol command produces a predefined series of symbols (see \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol). If you want to @@ -3362,8 +3427,8 @@ symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of counter must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. The symbols mostly aren’t supported in Info, but here are the names: -asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel -double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger +asterisk(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel +double-asterisk(**) double-dagger double-ddagger @@ -3671,9 +3736,9 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. formulas, math math mode, entering -math environment -displaymath environment -equation environment +math environment +displaymath environment +equation environment There are three environments that put &latex; in math mode: math @@ -3693,14 +3758,14 @@ but the displaymath and equation environme only in paragraph mode. The math and displaymath environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: -\(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math} -\[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} +\(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math} +\[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} $ In fact, the math environment is so common that it has an even shorter form: -$ ... $ instead of \(...\) +$ ... $ instead of \(...\) \boldmath \unboldmath @@ -4727,8 +4792,8 @@ is obtained from the following declarations: \author{name \and name2}\author{name \and name2} author, for titlepage -\\ for \author -\and for \author +\\ for \author +\and for \author The \author command declares the document author(s), where the argument is a list of authors separated by \and commands. Use \\ to separate lines within a single author’s entry—for @@ -4748,7 +4813,7 @@ usually used for credit acknowledgements. \title{text}\title{text} title, for titlepage -\\ for \title +\\ for \title The \title command declares text to be the title of the document. Use \\ to force a line break, as usual. @@ -4768,13 +4833,17 @@ document. Use \\ to force a line break, as usual. arabic arabic numerals -roman + +roman lowercase Roman numerals -Roman + +Roman uppercase Roman numerals -alph + +alph lowercase letters -Alph + +Alph uppercase letters @@ -4813,7 +4882,7 @@ goes in the headers. \markboth{left}{right}\markboth{left}{right} Sets both the left and the right heading. A “left-hand heading” (left) is generated by the last \markboth command before -the end of the page, while a “right-hand heading” (right is +the end of the page, while a “right-hand heading” (right) is generated by the first \markboth or \markright that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. @@ -5242,7 +5311,7 @@ included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled \usebox{\boxcmd} -\usebox producesthe box most recently saved in the bin +\usebox produces the box most recently saved in the bin \boxcmd by a \savebox command (see \savebox). @@ -5309,7 +5378,7 @@ with ", so the previous example could also be written as Text symbols text symbols -textcomp package +textcomp package &latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not available in OT1; you may need to load the textcomp package. @@ -5333,10 +5402,10 @@ not available in OT1; you may need to load the textcomp packa logo, &latex; The &latex; logo. -\guillemotleft («)\guillemotleft («) -\guillemotright (»)\guillemotright (») -\guilsinglleft (‹)\guilsinglleft (‹) -\guilsinglright (›)\guilsinglright (›) +\guillemotleft («)\guillemotleft («) +\guillemotright (»)\guillemotright (») +\guilsinglleft (‹)\guilsinglleft (‹) +\guilsinglright (›)\guilsinglright (›) double guillemets single guillemets left angle quotation marks @@ -5372,8 +5441,8 @@ and \dots also work in math mode. sterling symbol English pounds sterling: £. -\quotedblbase („)\quotedblbase („) -\quotesinglbase (‚)\quotesinglbase (‚) +\quotedblbase („)\quotedblbase („) +\quotesinglbase (‚)\quotesinglbase (‚) double low-9 quotation mark single low-9 quotation mark low-9 quotation marks, single and double @@ -5466,16 +5535,16 @@ has the ascender height. double dagger, in text Double dagger: \ddag. -\textdollar (or $)\textdollar (or $) +\textdollar (or $)\textdollar (or $) dollar sign currency, dollar Dollar sign: $. -\textemdash (or ---)\textemdash (or ---) +\textemdash (or ---)\textemdash (or ---) em-dash Em-dash: — (for punctuation). -\textendash (or --)\textendash (or --) +\textendash (or --)\textendash (or --) e-dash En-dash: — (for ranges). @@ -5484,7 +5553,7 @@ has the ascender height. currency, euro The Euro symbol: €. -\textexclamdown (or !`)\textexclamdown (or !`) +\textexclamdown (or !`)\textexclamdown (or !`) exclamation point, upside-down Upside down exclamation point: ¡. @@ -5514,26 +5583,26 @@ has the ascender height. centered period, in text Centered period: \cdot. -\textquestiondown (or ?`)\textquestiondown (or ?`) +\textquestiondown (or ?`)\textquestiondown (or ?`) questionation point, upside-down Upside down questionation point: ¿. -\textquotedblleft (or ``)\textquotedblleft (or ``) +\textquotedblleft (or ``)\textquotedblleft (or ``) left quote, double double left quote Double left quote: “. -\textquotedblright (or ')\textquotedblright (or ') +\textquotedblright (or ')\textquotedblright (or ') right quote, double double right quote Double right quote: ”. -\textquoteleft (or `)\textquoteleft (or `) +\textquoteleft (or `)\textquoteleft (or `) left quote, single single left quote Single left quote: ‘. -\textquoteright (or ')\textquoteright (or ') +\textquoteright (or ')\textquoteright (or ') right quote, single single right quote Single right quote: ’. @@ -5597,7 +5666,7 @@ capital letters. These are not available with OT1. \" \capitaldieresis -\" (umlaut accent) +\" (umlaut accent) \capitaldieresis umlaut accent dieresis accent @@ -5605,7 +5674,7 @@ capital letters. These are not available with OT1. \' \capitalacute -\’ (acute accent) +\’ (acute accent) \capitalacute acute accent Produces an acute accent, as in ó. In the tabbing @@ -5613,14 +5682,14 @@ environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column (see tabbing). \. -\. (dot-over accent) +\. (dot-over accent) dot accent dot-over accent Produces a dot accent over the following, as in ȯ. \= \capitalmacron -\= (macron accent) +\= (macron accent) \capitalmacron macron accent overbar accent @@ -5629,7 +5698,7 @@ environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column \^ \capitalcircumflex -\^ (circumflex accent) +\^ (circumflex accent) \capitalcircumflex circumflex accent hat accent @@ -5637,7 +5706,7 @@ environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column \` \capitalgrave -\‘ (grave accent) +\‘ (grave accent) \capitalgrave grave accent Produces a grave accent over the following, as in ò. In the @@ -5646,50 +5715,50 @@ environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column \~ \capitaltilde -\~ (tilde accent) +\~ (tilde accent) \capitaltilde tilde accent Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in ñ. \b -\b (bar-under accent) +\b (bar-under accent) bar-under accent Produces a bar accent under the following, as in o_. \c \capitalcedilla -\c (cedilla accent) +\c (cedilla accent) \capitalcedilla cedilla accent Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in ç. \d \capitaldotaccent -\d (dot-under accent) +\d (dot-under accent) \capitaldotaccent dot-under accent Produces a dot accent under the following, as in ọ. \H \capitalhungarumlaut -\H (Hungarian umlaut accent) +\H (Hungarian umlaut accent) \capitalhungarumlaut hungarian umlaut accent Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in ő. \i -\i (dotless i) +\i (dotless i) dotless i Produces a dotless i, as in ‘i’. \j -\j (dotless j) +\j (dotless j) dotless j Produces a dotless j, as in ‘j’. \k \capitalogonek -\k (ogonek) +\k (ogonek) \capitalogonek ogonek Produces a letter with ogonek, as in ‘ǫ’. Not available in @@ -5697,7 +5766,7 @@ the OT1 encoding. \r \capitalring -\r (ring accent) +\r (ring accent) \capitalring ring accent Produces a ring accent, as in ‘o*’. @@ -5706,7 +5775,7 @@ the OT1 encoding. \capitaltie \newtie \capitalnewtie -\t (tie-after accent) +\t (tie-after accent) \capitaltie \newtie \capitalnewtie @@ -5716,7 +5785,7 @@ the OT1 encoding. \u \capitalbreve -\u (breve accent) +\u (breve accent) \capitalbreve breve accent Produces a breve accent, as in ‘ŏ’. @@ -5731,7 +5800,7 @@ descenders. See also \underline in \v (breve accent) +\v (breve accent) \capitalcaron hacek accent check accent @@ -5884,6 +5953,9 @@ several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run &latex;. +See filecontents, for an environment that allows bundling an +external file to be created with the main document. + @@ -5944,7 +6016,6 @@ file at that point. or ‘foo.bar.tex’). If that is not found, the original file is tried (‘foo’ or ‘foo.bar’). - @@ -5958,7 +6029,7 @@ is tried (‘foo’ or ‘foo.bartable of contents, creating \tableofcontents -.toc file +.toc file A table of contents is produced with the \tableofcontents command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents to go; &latex; does the rest for you. A previous run must @@ -6152,7 +6223,7 @@ the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary &latex; input. Commands that make no sense in a letter, like \chapter, do not work. The letter closes with a \closing command. -\\ for letters +\\ for letters After the closing, you can have additional material. The \cc command produces the usual “cc: …”. There’s also a similar \encl command for a list of enclosures. With both these @@ -6473,8 +6544,7 @@ The end. \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} \else \usepackage{url} \fi diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html index fa6f6fbbdd7..60b77bf9423 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ - + -LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2013) +LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2014) - - + + @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} -

LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2013)

+

LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2014)

@@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
  • 2 Overview of LaTeX
  • 3 Starting & ending
  • 4 Document classes
  • -
  • 5 Typefaces
  • +
  • 5 Fonts
  • 6 Layout
  • 7 Sectioning
  • 8 Cross references
  • @@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} -
  • 5 Typefaces +
  • 5 Fonts
  • 10 Line breaking
      @@ -407,7 +409,7 @@ Next: Document classes:  Some of the various classes available. -• Typefaces:  And fonts, such as bold, italics etc. +• Fonts:  Italic, bold, typewriter, etc. • Layout:  Controlling the page layout. @@ -479,7 +481,7 @@ LaTeX for many years.

      -Next: , Previous: Top, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      1 About this document

      @@ -534,7 +536,7 @@ are several others.

      2 Overview of LaTeX

      @@ -626,7 +628,7 @@ explicitly directed to do otherwise.

      -Next: , Previous: Overview, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      3 Starting & ending

      @@ -657,7 +659,7 @@ and the \begin{document} commands (this area is called the

      -Next: , Previous: Starting & ending, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      4 Document classes

      @@ -837,14 +839,14 @@ by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with


      - +

      -Next: , Previous: Document classes, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      - -

      5 Typefaces

      - + +

      5 Fonts

      + @@ -865,7 +867,7 @@ and a style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here.

      -Next: , Up: Typefaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Up: Fonts   [Contents][Index]

      5.1 Font styles

      @@ -876,21 +878,22 @@ Next: , Up: The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.

      -

      This first group of commands is typically used like -\textit{italic text}. The corresponding command in -parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which takes no arguments. The -scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command -or the end of the current group. +

      This first group of commands is typically used with an argument, as in +\textit{italic text}. In the table below, the corresponding +command in parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which takes no +arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type +style command or the end of the current group.

      -

      The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either -\sffamily\bfseries or \bfseries\sffamily to get bold -sans serif. +

      These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, +are cumulative; e.g.,, you can say either \sffamily\bfseries or +\bfseries\sffamily to get bold sans serif.

      You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for instance, \begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}.

      -

      These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the -

      +

      These commands automatically supply an italic correction if needed. +

      +
      \textrm (\rmfamily)
      @@ -995,6 +998,8 @@ instance, \begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}.
      + +

      In addition, the command \mathversion{bold} can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. \mathversion{normal} restores the default. @@ -1014,11 +1019,11 @@ numerals also; sometimes the textcomp package must be loaded, and sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf.

      -

      LaTeX also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to -the given style, that is, are not cumulative. They are used -differently than the above commands, too: {\cmd ...} -instead of \cmd{...}. These are two very different -things. +

      LaTeX also provides the following commands, which unconditionally +switch to the given style, that is, are not cumulative. Also, +they are used differently than the above commands: {\cmd +...} instead of \cmd{...}. These are two very +different things.

      \bf @@ -1090,12 +1095,20 @@ things.
      +

      Some people consider the unconditional font-switching commands, such +as \tt, obsolete and only the cumulative commands +(\texttt) should be used. I (Karl) do not agree. There are +perfectly reasonable situations when an unconditional font switch is +precisely what you need to get the desired output; for one example, +see description. Both sets of commands have +their place. +


      5.2 Font sizes

      @@ -1143,7 +1156,7 @@ these commands; for instance, \begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}.

      -Previous: Font sizes, Up: Typefaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Fonts   [Contents][Index]

      5.3 Low-level font commands

      @@ -1251,7 +1264,7 @@ followed by \selectfont.

      -Next: , Previous: Typefaces, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      6 Layout

      @@ -1292,7 +1305,7 @@ single-column output. This is the default.

      -Next: , Previous: \onecolumn, Up: Layout   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Layout   [Contents][Index]

      6.2 \twocolumn

      @@ -1375,7 +1388,7 @@ and the main text. Default ‘20pt plus2pt minus4pt’.

      -Next: , Previous: \twocolumn, Up: Layout   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Layout   [Contents][Index]

      6.3 \flushbottom

      @@ -1394,7 +1407,7 @@ page.

      6.4 \raggedbottom

      @@ -1410,7 +1423,7 @@ stretched.

      -Previous: \raggedbottom, Up: Layout   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Layout   [Contents][Index]

      6.5 Page layout parameters

      @@ -1524,7 +1537,7 @@ same as the font size, e.g., ‘10pt’ at ‘10p

      -Next: , Previous: Layout, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      7 Sectioning

      @@ -1617,7 +1630,7 @@ The setting

      -Next: , Previous: Sectioning, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      8 Cross references

      @@ -1689,7 +1702,7 @@ a colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes:

      -Next: , Previous: \label, Up: Cross references   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Cross references   [Contents][Index]

      8.2 \pageref{key}

      @@ -1712,7 +1725,7 @@ the place in the text where the corresponding

      -Previous: \pageref, Up: Cross references   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Cross references   [Contents][Index]

      8.3 \ref{key}

      @@ -1739,7 +1752,7 @@ such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just the bare nu

      -Next: , Previous: Cross references, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      9 Environments

      @@ -1778,6 +1791,8 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: • figure:  Floating figures. +• filecontents:  Writing multiple files from the source. + • flushleft:  Flushed left lines. • flushright:  Flushed right lines. @@ -1843,7 +1858,7 @@ Next: , Up:

      -Next: , Previous: abstract, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      9.2 array

      @@ -1911,7 +1926,7 @@ namely \arrayrulewidth and \arraystretch.

      -Next: , Previous: array, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      9.3 center

      @@ -1979,7 +1994,7 @@ second line \\

      -Next: , Previous: center, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      9.4 description

      @@ -2019,7 +2034,7 @@ plain typewriter}].

      -Next: , Previous: description, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      9.5 displaymath

      @@ -2053,7 +2068,7 @@ equation number, use the equation environment (see

      -Next: , Previous: displaymath, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      9.6 document

      @@ -2068,7 +2083,7 @@ It is required in every LaTeX document. See St

      -Next: , Previous: document, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      9.7 enumerate

      @@ -2134,7 +2149,7 @@ letters:

      -Next: , Previous: enumerate, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      9.8 eqnarray

      @@ -2191,7 +2206,7 @@ zero width.

      -Next: , Previous: eqnarray, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      9.9 equation

      @@ -2217,7 +2232,7 @@ on the page, and also places an equation number in the right margin.

      -Next: , Previous: equation, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      9.10 figure

      @@ -2386,14 +2401,74 @@ default 2. http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats.

      +
      + +
      +

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +
      + +

      9.11 filecontents: Create external files

      + + + + +

      Synopsis: +

      +
      +
      \begin{filecontents}{filename}
      +contents-of-file
      +\end{filecontents}
      +...
      +\documentclass{my-document-class}
      +
      + + + +

      The filecontents environment is an initial command, +meaning that it can be used only before the \documentclass +command, as in the synopsis above. +

      +

      LaTeX will create a file named filename with the content +contents-of-file preceded by a header comment indicating how and +when the file was generated. If the file already exists then nothing will +happen. +

      +

      You can also use the filecontents package, which has the +following advantages: +

      +
        +
      • If the file already exists, then it will be overwritten. + +
      • You can use the filecontents environment at any point after the +declaration \usepackage{filecontents}, not just before +\documentclass. + +
      • The filecontents package also provides a filecontents* +environment which is used in the same way as the filecontents +environment except that it won’t insert any leading comment, so it is +better suited to create files which aren’t in LaTeX format. + +
      + +

      The filecontents environment only creates the file, and is +unrelated to using the created file. So you need to use, for +instance, \input or \usepackage or \bibliography +or whatever is applicable, to use the created file. +

      +

      This environment is also useful to make a self-contained document, for +example, for a bug report, or to keep a .bib file with the main +document. +

      +

      -Next: , Previous: figure, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.11 flushleft

      +

      9.12 flushleft

      @@ -2424,7 +2499,7 @@ right Each line must be terminated with the string \\. Up: flushleft   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.11.1 \raggedright

      +

      9.12.1 \raggedright

      @@ -2445,10 +2520,10 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit.

      -Next: , Previous: flushleft, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.12 flushright

      +

      9.13 flushright

      @@ -2479,7 +2554,7 @@ left. Each line must be terminated with the string \\. Up: flushright   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.12.1 \raggedleft

      +

      9.13.1 \raggedleft

      @@ -2500,10 +2575,10 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit.

      -Next: , Previous: flushright, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.13 itemize

      +

      9.14 itemize

      @@ -2671,10 +2746,10 @@ see \parskip):

      -Next: , Previous: itemize, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.14 letter environment: writing letters

      +

      9.15 letter environment: writing letters

      This environment is used for creating letters. See Letters. @@ -2684,10 +2759,10 @@ Next: , Previous:

      -Next: , Previous: letter, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.15 list

      +

      9.16 list

      @@ -2720,10 +2795,10 @@ empty, i.e., {}, which leaves the default spacing.

      -Next: , Previous: list, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.16 math

      +

      9.17 math

      @@ -2745,10 +2820,10 @@ See Math formulas.

      -Next: , Previous: math, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.17 minipage

      +

      9.18 minipage

      @@ -2790,10 +2865,10 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.

      -Next: , Previous: minipage, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18 picture

      +

      9.19 picture

      @@ -2916,7 +2991,7 @@ be the lower left corner of the box. Next: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.1 \circle

      +

      9.19.1 \circle

      @@ -2934,10 +3009,10 @@ draws a solid circle.

      -Next: , Previous: \circle, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.2 \makebox

      +

      9.19.2 \makebox

      \makebox(width,height)[position]{...} @@ -2975,10 +3050,10 @@ your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following:

      -Next: , Previous: \makebox (picture), Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.3 \framebox

      +

      9.19.3 \framebox

      Synopsis: @@ -3002,10 +3077,10 @@ and the contents of the box.

      -Next: , Previous: \framebox (picture), Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.4 \dashbox

      +

      9.19.4 \dashbox

      @@ -3027,10 +3102,10 @@ multiples of the dlen.

      -Next: , Previous: \dashbox, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.5 \frame

      +

      9.19.5 \frame

      Synopsis: @@ -3048,10 +3123,10 @@ space is put between the frame and the object.

      -Next: , Previous: \frame, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.6 \line

      +

      9.19.6 \line

      Synopsis: @@ -3073,10 +3148,10 @@ see the curve2e and many many other packages on CTAN.

      -Next: , Previous: \line, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.7 \linethickness

      +

      9.19.7 \linethickness

      The \linethickness{dim} command declares the thickness @@ -3091,10 +3166,10 @@ circles, or the quarter circles drawn by \oval.

      -Next: , Previous: \linethickness, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.8 \thicklines

      +

      9.19.8 \thicklines

      The \thicklines command is an alternate line thickness for @@ -3106,10 +3181,10 @@ cf. \linethickness and

      -Next: , Previous: \thicklines, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.9 \thinlines

      +

      9.19.9 \thinlines

      The \thinlines command is the default line thickness for @@ -3121,10 +3196,10 @@ cf. \linethickness and

      -Next: , Previous: \thinlines, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.10 \multiput

      +

      9.19.10 \multiput

      Synopsis: @@ -3142,10 +3217,10 @@ pattern across a picture. obj is first placed at position

      -Next: , Previous: \multiput, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.11 \oval

      +

      9.19.11 \oval

      Synopsis: @@ -3182,10 +3257,10 @@ boxes with rounded corners.

      -Next: , Previous: \oval, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.12 \put

      +

      9.19.12 \put

      @@ -3199,10 +3274,10 @@ argument at the given coordinates.

      -Next: , Previous: \put, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.13 \shortstack

      +

      9.19.13 \shortstack

      Synopsis: @@ -3234,10 +3309,10 @@ positions are:

      -Previous: \shortstack, Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: picture   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.18.14 \vector

      +

      9.19.14 \vector

      Synopsis: @@ -3255,10 +3330,10 @@ length and slope. The x and y values must lie between

      -Next: , Previous: picture, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.19 quotation

      +

      9.20 quotation

      @@ -3285,10 +3360,10 @@ normally.

      -Next: , Previous: quotation, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.20 quote

      +

      9.21 quote

      @@ -3314,10 +3389,10 @@ blank line between text produces a new paragraph.

      -Next: , Previous: quote, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.21 tabbing

      +

      9.22 tabbing

      @@ -3469,10 +3544,10 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\

      -Next: , Previous: tabbing, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.22 table

      +

      9.23 table

      @@ -3509,10 +3584,10 @@ you wish. The \caption command allows you to title your table.

      -Next: , Previous: table, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.23 tabular

      +

      9.24 tabular

      @@ -3687,7 +3762,7 @@ environment: Next: , Up: tabular   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.23.1 \multicolumn

      +

      9.24.1 \multicolumn

      Synopsis: @@ -3719,10 +3794,10 @@ for flushleft, r for flushright. The third mandatory argument,

      -Next: , Previous: \multicolumn, Up: tabular   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: tabular   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.23.2 \cline

      +

      9.24.2 \cline

      Synopsis: @@ -3740,10 +3815,10 @@ which are specified in the mandatory argument.

      -Next: , Previous: \cline, Up: tabular   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: tabular   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.23.3 \hline

      +

      9.24.3 \hline

      The \hline command draws a horizontal line the width of the @@ -3756,10 +3831,10 @@ of a table.

      -Previous: \hline, Up: tabular   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: tabular   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.23.4 \vline

      +

      9.24.4 \vline

      The \vline command will draw a vertical line extending the full @@ -3772,10 +3847,10 @@ move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an

      -Next: , Previous: tabular, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.24 thebibliography

      +

      9.25 thebibliography

      @@ -3826,7 +3901,7 @@ less than 10 references, 99 for ones with less than 100, etc. Next: , Up: thebibliography   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.24.1 \bibitem

      +

      9.25.1 \bibitem

      @@ -3853,10 +3928,10 @@ associated label.

      -Next: , Previous: \bibitem, Up: thebibliography   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: thebibliography   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.24.2 \cite

      +

      9.25.2 \cite

      @@ -3880,10 +3955,10 @@ citation. For example, \cite[p.~314]{knuth} might produce

      -Next: , Previous: \cite, Up: thebibliography   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: thebibliography   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.24.3 \nocite

      +

      9.25.3 \nocite

      \nocite{key_list} @@ -3896,10 +3971,10 @@ which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the .aux file.

      -Previous: \nocite, Up: thebibliography   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: thebibliography   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.24.4 Using BibTeX

      +

      9.25.4 Using BibTeX

      @@ -3955,10 +4030,10 @@ BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via \cite and

      -Next: , Previous: thebibliography, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.25 theorem

      +

      9.26 theorem

      @@ -3981,10 +4056,10 @@ possibilities for n are described under \newtheorem

      -Next: , Previous: theorem, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.26 titlepage

      +

      9.27 titlepage

      @@ -4012,10 +4087,10 @@ produce a standard title page without a titlepage environment.

      -Next: , Previous: titlepage, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.27 verbatim

      +

      9.28 verbatim

      @@ -4052,7 +4127,7 @@ effect that they would on a typewriter. Up: verbatim   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.27.1 \verb

      +

      9.28.1 \verb

      @@ -4079,10 +4154,10 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in literal-text.

      -Previous: verbatim, Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Environments   [Contents][Index]

      -

      9.28 verse

      +

      9.29 verse

      @@ -4111,7 +4186,7 @@ stanzas.

      -Next: , Previous: Environments, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      10 Line breaking

      @@ -4172,7 +4247,7 @@ except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.

      -Next: , Previous: \\, Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      10.2 \obeycr & \restorecr

      @@ -4192,7 +4267,7 @@ in the output.

      10.3 \newline

      @@ -4208,7 +4283,7 @@ mode.

      -Next: , Previous: \newline, Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      10.4 \- (discretionary hyphen)

      @@ -4231,7 +4306,7 @@ that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen.

      -Next: , Previous: \- (hyphenation), Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      10.5 \fussy

      @@ -4249,7 +4324,7 @@ words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box.

      -Next: , Previous: \fussy, Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      10.6 \sloppy

      @@ -4265,7 +4340,7 @@ interword spacing.

      10.7 \hyphenation

      @@ -4294,7 +4369,7 @@ misses the hyphenations in these words):

      -Previous: \hyphenation, Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Line breaking   [Contents][Index]

      10.8 \linebreak & \nolinebreak

      @@ -4324,7 +4399,7 @@ from a demand to a request. The priority must be a number from

      -Next: , Previous: Line breaking, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      11 Page breaking

      @@ -4371,7 +4446,7 @@ In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand

      -Next: , Previous: \cleardoublepage, Up: Page breaking   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Page breaking   [Contents][Index]

      11.2 \clearpage

      @@ -4387,7 +4462,7 @@ figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.

      11.3 \newpage

      @@ -4403,7 +4478,7 @@ floats (see \clearpage above).

      11.4 \enlargethispage

      @@ -4427,7 +4502,7 @@ much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit

      11.5 \pagebreak & \nopagebreak

      @@ -4458,7 +4533,7 @@ insistent the request is.

      -Next: , Previous: Page breaking, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      12 Footnotes

      @@ -4512,7 +4587,7 @@ tables or in a tabular environment. (See following sections.)

      -Next: , Previous: \footnote, Up: Footnotes   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Footnotes   [Contents][Index]

      12.2 \footnotemark

      @@ -4537,7 +4612,7 @@ markers referring to the same footnote with

      12.3 \footnotetext

      @@ -4561,7 +4636,7 @@ appear in outer paragraph mode.

      12.4 Symbolic footnotes

      @@ -4586,7 +4661,7 @@ redefine \@fnsymbol.

      12.5 Footnote parameters

      @@ -4621,7 +4696,7 @@ footnotes. This is ‘6.65pt’ for ‘10pt

      -Next: , Previous: Footnotes, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      13 Definitions

      @@ -4711,7 +4786,7 @@ text of the nth argument.

      13.2 \newcounter

      @@ -4737,7 +4812,7 @@ will be reset whenever countername is incremented.

      -Next: , Previous: \newcounter, Up: Definitions   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Definitions   [Contents][Index]

      13.3 \newlength

      @@ -4763,7 +4838,7 @@ for more information about lengths in general.

      13.4 \newsavebox

      @@ -4783,7 +4858,7 @@ defined, to refer to a new bin for storing boxes.

      -Next: , Previous: \newsavebox, Up: Definitions   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Definitions   [Contents][Index]

      13.5 \newenvironment & \renewenvironment

      @@ -4845,7 +4920,7 @@ may not contain any argument parameters.

      13.6 \newtheorem

      @@ -4892,7 +4967,7 @@ not both.

      -Next: , Previous: \newtheorem, Up: Definitions   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Definitions   [Contents][Index]

      13.7 \newfont

      @@ -4918,7 +4993,7 @@ More commonly, fonts are defined in families through .fd files.

      -Previous: \newfont, Up: Definitions   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Definitions   [Contents][Index]

      13.8 \protect

      @@ -4954,7 +5029,7 @@ be preceded by \protect.

      -Next: , Previous: Definitions, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      14 Counters

      @@ -5048,8 +5123,8 @@ symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of

      The symbols mostly aren’t supported in Info, but here are the names:

      -
      asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel
      -double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger
      +
      asterisk(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel
      +double-asterisk(**) double-dagger double-ddagger
       
      @@ -5060,7 +5135,7 @@ double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger

      14.2 \usecounter{counter}

      @@ -5083,7 +5158,7 @@ the list items.

      -Next: , Previous: \usecounter, Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      14.3 \value{counter}

      @@ -5110,7 +5185,7 @@ be used anywhere LaTeX expects a number, for example:

      -Next: , Previous: \value, Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      14.4 \setcounter{counter}{value}

      @@ -5132,7 +5207,7 @@ Next:

      -Next: , Previous: \setcounter, Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      14.5 \addtocounter{counter}{value}

      @@ -5146,7 +5221,7 @@ amount specified by the value argument, which may be negative.

      -Next: , Previous: \addtocounter, Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      14.6 \refstepcounter{counter}

      @@ -5161,7 +5236,7 @@ current \ref value to be the result of \thecounter.

      14.7 \stepcounter{counter}

      @@ -5175,7 +5250,7 @@ resets all subsidiary counters.

      -Previous: \stepcounter, Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Counters   [Contents][Index]

      14.8 \day \month \year: Predefined counters

      @@ -5197,7 +5272,7 @@ current day (see \today).

      -Next: , Previous: Counters, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      15 Lengths

      @@ -5243,7 +5318,7 @@ understands, i.e., inches (in), millimeters (mm), poin

      -Next: , Previous: \setlength, Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      15.2 \addtolength{\len}{amount}

      @@ -5259,7 +5334,7 @@ may be negative.

      -Next: , Previous: \addtolength, Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      15.3 \settodepth

      @@ -5275,7 +5350,7 @@ equal to the depth of the text argument.

      -Next: , Previous: \settodepth, Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      15.4 \settoheight

      @@ -5292,7 +5367,7 @@ equal to the height of the text argument.

      -Next: , Previous: \settoheight, Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      15.5 \settowidth{\len}{text}

      @@ -5306,7 +5381,7 @@ to the width of the text argument.

      -Previous: \settowidth, Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Lengths   [Contents][Index]

      15.6 Predefined lengths

      @@ -5338,7 +5413,7 @@ natural size, e.g., say

      -Next: , Previous: Lengths, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      16 Making paragraphs

      @@ -5388,7 +5463,7 @@ mode, otherwise 15pt for 10pt documents, 17pt

      -Next: , Previous: \indent, Up: Making paragraphs   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Making paragraphs   [Contents][Index]

      16.2 \noindent

      @@ -5404,7 +5479,7 @@ the middle of a paragraph.

      16.3 \parskip

      @@ -5419,7 +5494,7 @@ before each paragraph. The default is 0pt plus1pt.

      -Previous: \parskip, Up: Making paragraphs   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Making paragraphs   [Contents][Index]

      16.4 Marginal notes

      @@ -5495,7 +5570,7 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page.

      -Next: , Previous: Making paragraphs, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      17 Math formulas

      @@ -5601,7 +5676,7 @@ superscript.

      17.2 Math symbols

      @@ -6868,7 +6943,7 @@ the pi symbol (\pi) in your output.

      -Next: , Previous: Math symbols, Up: Math formulas   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Math formulas   [Contents][Index]

      17.3 Math functions

      @@ -7090,7 +7165,7 @@ spacing.

      17.4 Math accents

      @@ -7217,7 +7292,7 @@ in math. These are different from accents in normal text

      17.5 Spacing in math mode

      @@ -7254,7 +7329,7 @@ commands for use in math mode:

      17.6 Math miscellany

      @@ -7358,7 +7433,7 @@ descenders.

      -Next: , Previous: Math formulas, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      18 Modes

      @@ -7410,7 +7485,7 @@ in, is called “outer paragraph mode”.

      -Next: , Previous: Modes, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      19 Page styles

      @@ -7495,7 +7570,7 @@ document. Use \\ to force a line break, as usual.

      -Next: , Previous: \maketitle, Up: Page styles   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Page styles   [Contents][Index]

      19.2 \pagenumbering

      @@ -7513,16 +7588,20 @@ Next: , Prev
      arabic

      arabic numerals -

      +

      +
      roman

      lowercase Roman numerals -

      +

      +
      Roman

      uppercase Roman numerals -

      +

      +
      alph

      lowercase letters -

      +

      +
      Alph

      uppercase letters

      @@ -7533,7 +7612,7 @@ Next: , Prev

      19.3 \pagestyle

      @@ -7580,7 +7659,7 @@ goes in the headers.

      Sets both the left and the right heading. A “left-hand heading” (left) is generated by the last \markboth command before -the end of the page, while a “right-hand heading” (right is +the end of the page, while a “right-hand heading” (right) is generated by the first \markboth or \markright that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. @@ -7599,7 +7678,7 @@ the page.

      -Previous: \pagestyle, Up: Page styles   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Page styles   [Contents][Index]

      19.4 \thispagestyle{style}

      @@ -7614,7 +7693,7 @@ changes to style for the current page only.

      -Next: , Previous: Page styles, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      20 Spaces

      @@ -7688,7 +7767,7 @@ form.

      -Next: , Previous: \hspace, Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      20.2 \hfill

      @@ -7708,7 +7787,7 @@ equivalent to \hfill.

      -Next: , Previous: \hfill, Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      20.3 \SPACE

      @@ -7730,7 +7809,7 @@ are equivalent to \ .

      -Next: , Previous: \SPACE, Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      20.4 \@

      @@ -7758,7 +7837,7 @@ a capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without

      -Next: , Previous: \AT, Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      20.5 \thinspace

      @@ -7773,7 +7852,7 @@ in ’”.

      -Next: , Previous: \thinspace, Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      20.6 \/

      @@ -7801,7 +7880,7 @@ with pdfTeX.

      -Next: , Previous: \/, Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      20.7 \hrulefill

      @@ -7816,7 +7895,7 @@ rule.

      -Next: , Previous: \hrulefill, Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      20.8 \dotfill

      @@ -7831,7 +7910,7 @@ with dots instead of just white space.

      20.9 \addvspace

      @@ -7852,7 +7931,7 @@ of the total vertical space equal to length.

      -Next: , Previous: \addvspace, Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      20.10 \bigskip \medskip \smallskip

      @@ -7890,7 +7969,7 @@ quarter of a line space (with stretch and shrink).

      20.11 \vfill

      @@ -7905,7 +7984,7 @@ can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It’s equivalent to

      -Previous: \vfill, Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Spaces   [Contents][Index]

      20.12 \vspace[*]{length}

      @@ -7929,7 +8008,7 @@ space is not removed.

      -Next: , Previous: Spaces, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      21 Boxes

      @@ -7981,7 +8060,7 @@ lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation.

      -Next: , Previous: \mbox, Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      21.2 \fbox and \framebox

      @@ -8017,7 +8096,7 @@ argument.

      -Next: , Previous: \fbox and \framebox, Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      21.3 lrbox

      @@ -8035,7 +8114,7 @@ must have been declared with \newsavebox.

      -Next: , Previous: lrbox, Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      21.4 \makebox

      @@ -8077,7 +8156,7 @@ see \makebox (picture).

      -Next: , Previous: \makebox, Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      21.5 \parbox

      @@ -8138,7 +8217,7 @@ for this to work.

      -Next: , Previous: \parbox, Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      21.6 \raisebox

      @@ -8165,7 +8244,7 @@ ignoring its natural height and depth.

      -Next: , Previous: \raisebox, Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      21.7 \savebox

      @@ -8187,7 +8266,7 @@ declared with \newsavebox (see \newsa

      -Next: , Previous: \savebox, Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      21.8 \sbox{\boxcmd}{text}

      @@ -8210,7 +8289,7 @@ included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled

      -Previous: \sbox, Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Boxes   [Contents][Index]

      21.9 \usebox{\boxcmd

      @@ -8222,7 +8301,7 @@ Previous: \sbox, Up: \usebox{\boxcmd} -

      \usebox producesthe box most recently saved in the bin +

      \usebox produces the box most recently saved in the bin \boxcmd by a \savebox command (see \savebox).

      @@ -8230,7 +8309,7 @@ Previous: \sbox, Up:

      -Next: , Previous: Boxes, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      22 Special insertions

      @@ -8314,7 +8393,7 @@ with ", so the previous example could also be written as

      22.2 Text symbols

      @@ -8771,7 +8850,7 @@ has the ascender height.

      22.3 Accents

      @@ -8958,7 +9037,7 @@ descenders. See also \underline in Math

      -Next: , Previous: Accents, Up: Special insertions   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Special insertions   [Contents][Index]

      22.4 Non-English characters

      @@ -9068,7 +9147,7 @@ used in languages other than English.

      22.5 \rule

      @@ -9102,7 +9181,7 @@ rectangles. The arguments are:

      -Previous: \rule, Up: Special insertions   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Special insertions   [Contents][Index]

      22.6 \today

      @@ -9123,7 +9202,7 @@ of other date formats.

      -Next: , Previous: Special insertions, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      23 Splitting the input

      @@ -9136,6 +9215,9 @@ several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX.

      +

      See filecontents, for an environment that allows bundling an +external file to be created with the main document. +

      @@ -9180,7 +9262,7 @@ read by another \include command.

      -Next: , Previous: \include, Up: Splitting the input   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Splitting the input   [Contents][Index]

      23.2 \includeonly

      @@ -9205,7 +9287,7 @@ effective.

      23.3 \input

      @@ -9226,12 +9308,11 @@ file at that point. or ‘foo.bar.tex’). If that is not found, the original file is tried (‘foo’ or ‘foo.bar’).

      -

      -Next: , Previous: Splitting the input, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      24 Front/back matter

      @@ -9341,7 +9422,7 @@ command \contentsline{unit}{name}.

      24.1.2 \addtocontents

      @@ -9368,7 +9449,7 @@ generates the table of contents or lists of figures or tables.

      24.2 Glossaries

      @@ -9395,7 +9476,7 @@ glossaries.

      24.3 Indexes

      @@ -9462,7 +9543,7 @@ TeX FAQ entry on this topic,

      25 Letters

      @@ -9562,7 +9643,7 @@ letter will be formatted as a personal letter.

      -Next: , Previous: \address, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.2 \cc

      @@ -9584,7 +9665,7 @@ printed on a separate line.

      -Next: , Previous: \cc, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.3 \closing

      @@ -9609,7 +9690,7 @@ Next: , Previous:

      -Next: , Previous: \closing, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.4 \encl

      @@ -9630,7 +9711,7 @@ Next: , Previo

      -Next: , Previous: \encl, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.5 \location

      @@ -9646,7 +9727,7 @@ if the firstpage pagestyle is selected.

      -Next: , Previous: \location, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.6 \makelabels

      @@ -9663,7 +9744,7 @@ address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters.

      -Next: , Previous: \makelabels, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.7 \name

      @@ -9679,7 +9760,7 @@ address.

      -Next: , Previous: \name, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.8 \opening{text}

      @@ -9705,7 +9786,7 @@ For instance:

      -Next: , Previous: \opening, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.9 \ps

      @@ -9720,7 +9801,7 @@ Next: , Prev

      -Next: , Previous: \ps, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.10 \signature{text}

      @@ -9735,7 +9816,7 @@ space for your signature. \\ starts a new line within

      -Next: , Previous: \signature, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.11 \startbreaks

      @@ -9751,7 +9832,7 @@ Next: , Pr

      -Next: , Previous: \startbreaks, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.12 \stopbreaks

      @@ -9767,7 +9848,7 @@ Next: , Prev

      -Previous: \stopbreaks, Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Letters   [Contents][Index]

      25.13 \telephone

      @@ -9783,7 +9864,7 @@ Previous: \stopbreaks

      -Next: , Previous: Letters, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      26 Terminal input/output

      @@ -9827,7 +9908,7 @@ redefined to be the typed input.

      26.2 \typeout{msg}

      @@ -9855,7 +9936,7 @@ printed, independent of surrounding spaces. A ^^J in

      27 Command line

      @@ -9886,7 +9967,7 @@ command; e.g.

      -Next: , Previous: Command line, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      Appendix A Document templates

      @@ -9937,7 +10018,7 @@ The end.

      A.2 beamer template

      @@ -9974,7 +10055,7 @@ Next: ,

      A.3 tugboat template

      @@ -9986,8 +10067,7 @@ Previous: beamer templat \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} \else \usepackage{url} \fi @@ -10060,7 +10140,7 @@ Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions.

      -Next: , Previous: Document templates, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      Concept Index

      @@ -10176,6 +10256,7 @@ Next: , Previ + @@ -10296,6 +10377,7 @@ Next: , Previ + @@ -10309,7 +10391,7 @@ Next: , Previ - + @@ -10355,6 +10437,7 @@ Next: , Previ + @@ -10434,6 +10517,7 @@ Next: , Previ + @@ -10601,7 +10685,7 @@ Next: , Previ - + @@ -10627,6 +10711,7 @@ Next: , Previ + @@ -10694,7 +10779,7 @@ Next: , Previ

      -Previous: Concept Index, Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      Command Index

      @@ -10958,6 +11043,7 @@ Previous: Concept Index + @@ -11588,6 +11674,7 @@ Previous: Concept Index + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf index c2cbc892a4b..f4049cca11c 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi index 8bfe58fe889..bac9e0992a2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ \input texinfo -@c $Id: latex2e.texi 270 2013-05-13 17:48:08Z karl $ +@c $Id: latex2e.texi 282 2014-05-19 16:31:57Z karl $ @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @setfilename latex2e.info -@set UPDATED May 2013 +@set UPDATED May 2014 @settitle @LaTeX{}2e reference manual (@value{UPDATED}) @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, @c xx but latex2e stuff is missing. @c -@c xx mention \topnumber, \bottomnumber, \totalnumber @c xx mention \nocorr, \textit and ic @c xx give actual smallskip/etc. defaults @c @c xx merge http://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex-info/ (alt-latex-info) @c xx merge permuted-index +@c xx merge latex-manual from savannah @c @c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel @c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. @@ -33,15 +33,16 @@ George@tie{}D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The @LaTeX{}@tie{}2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The @LaTeX{}2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges -using @cite{Hypertext Help with @LaTeX{}}, by Sheldon Green, and the +using @cite{Hypertext Help with @LaTeX{}}, by Sheldon Green, and @cite{@LaTeX{} Command Summary} (for @LaTeX{} 2.09) by L.@tie{}Botway and C.@tie{}Biemesderfer (published by the @TeX{} Users Group as @cite{@TeX{}niques} number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). -Copyright @copyright{} 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Karl Berry.@* -Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.@* -Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. +Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, +2014 Karl Berry.@* +Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.@* +Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice @@ -73,8 +74,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. @end tex @titlepage -@title @LaTeX{}: Structured documents for @TeX{} -@subtitle unofficial @LaTeX{} reference manual +@title @LaTeX{}: An unofficial reference manual @subtitle @value{UPDATED} @author @url{http://home.gna.org/latexrefman} @page @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ intended to cover @LaTeX{}2e, which has been the standard version of * Overview:: What is @LaTeX{}? * Starting & ending:: The standard beginning and end of a document. * Document classes:: Some of the various classes available. -* Typefaces:: And fonts, such as bold, italics etc. +* Fonts:: Italic, bold, typewriter, etc. * Layout:: Controlling the page layout. * Sectioning:: How to section properly. * Cross references:: Automatic referencing. @@ -448,8 +448,9 @@ by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with @code{\usepackage}. -@node Typefaces -@chapter Typefaces +@node Fonts +@chapter Fonts +@anchor{Typefaces}@c old name @cindex typefaces @cindex fonts @@ -473,20 +474,21 @@ and a style. The @LaTeX{} commands for doing this are described here. The following type style commands are supported by @LaTeX{}. -This first group of commands is typically used like -@code{\textit@{italic text@}}. The corresponding command in -parenthesis is the ``declaration form'', which takes no arguments. The -scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command -or the end of the current group. +This first group of commands is typically used with an argument, as in +@code{\textit@{italic text@}}. In the table below, the corresponding +command in parenthesis is the ``declaration form'', which takes no +arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type +style command or the end of the current group. -The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either -@code{\sffamily\bfseries} or @code{\bfseries\sffamily} to get bold -sans serif. +These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, +are cumulative; e.g.,, you can say either @code{\sffamily\bfseries} or +@code{\bfseries\sffamily} to get bold sans serif. You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for instance, @code{\begin@{ttfamily@}...\end@{ttfamily@}}. -These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the +These commands automatically supply an italic correction if needed. + @table @code @item \textrm (\rmfamily) @findex \textrm @@ -574,6 +576,8 @@ For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. @end table @findex \mathversion +@cindex math, bold +@cindex bold math In addition, the command @code{\mathversion@{bold@}} can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. @code{\mathversion@{normal@}} restores the default. @@ -593,11 +597,11 @@ numerals also; sometimes the @code{textcomp} package must be loaded, and sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: @url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf}. -@LaTeX{} also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to -the given style, that is, are @emph{not} cumulative. They are used -differently than the above commands, too: @code{@{\@var{cmd} ...@}} -instead of @code{\@var{cmd}@{...@}}. These are two very different -things. +@LaTeX{} also provides the following commands, which unconditionally +switch to the given style, that is, are @emph{not} cumulative. Also, +they are used differently than the above commands: @code{@{\@var{cmd} +...@}} instead of @code{\@var{cmd}@{...@}}. These are two very +different things. @ftable @code @item \bf @@ -642,6 +646,14 @@ Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). @end ftable +Some people consider the unconditional font-switching commands, such +as @code{\tt}, obsolete and @emph{only} the cumulative commands +(@code{\texttt}) should be used. I (Karl) do not agree. There are +perfectly reasonable situations when an unconditional font switch is +precisely what you need to get the desired output; for one example, +@pxref{description,,@code{description}}. Both sets of commands have +their place. + @node Font sizes @section Font sizes @@ -1170,6 +1182,7 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: * eqnarray:: Sequences of aligned equations. * equation:: Displayed equation. * figure:: Floating figures. +* filecontents:: Writing multiple files from the source. * flushleft:: Flushed left lines. * flushright:: Flushed right lines. * itemize:: Bulleted lists. @@ -1658,6 +1671,63 @@ The principal @TeX{} FAQ entry relating to floats: @url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats}. +@node filecontents +@section @code{filecontents}: Create external files +@findex filecontents +@cindex external files, creating +@cindex writing external files + +Synopsis: + +@example +\begin@{filecontents@}@{@var{filename}@} +@var{contents-of-file} +\end@{filecontents@} +... +\documentclass@{@var{my-document-class}@} +@end example + +@cindex initial command +@findex \documentclass, commands before +The @code{filecontents} environment is an @dfn{initial command}, +meaning that it can be used only before the @code{\documentclass} +command, as in the synopsis above. + +@LaTeX{} will create a file named @var{filename} with the content +@var{contents-of-file} preceded by a header comment indicating how and +when the file was generated. If the file already exists then nothing will +happen. + +You can also use the @code{filecontents} package, which has the +following advantages: + +@itemize +@item +If the file already exists, then it will be overwritten. + +@item +You can use the @code{filecontents} environment at any point after the +declaration @code{\usepackage@{filecontents@}}, not just before +@code{\documentclass}. + +@item +The @code{filecontents} package also provides a @code{filecontents*} +environment which is used in the same way as the @code{filecontents} +environment except that it won't insert any leading comment, so it is +better suited to create files which aren't in @LaTeX{} format. + +@end itemize + +The @code{filecontents} environment only creates the file, and is +unrelated to using the created file. So you need to use, for +instance, @code{\input} or @code{\usepackage} or @code{\bibliography} +or whatever is applicable, to use the created file. + +This environment is also useful to make a self-contained document, for +example, for a bug report, or to keep a @file{.bib} file with the main +document. + + @node flushleft @section @code{flushleft} @findex flushleft @r{environment} @@ -3696,8 +3766,8 @@ $\ast\ast$ $\dagger\dagger$ $\ddagger\ddagger$ @ifnottex The symbols mostly aren't supported in Info, but here are the names: @display -asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel -double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger +asterisk(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel +double-asterisk(**) double-dagger double-ddagger @end display @end ifnottex @@ -5177,12 +5247,16 @@ Specifies the style of page numbers, according to @var{style}: @table @code @item arabic arabic numerals + @item roman lowercase Roman numerals + @item Roman uppercase Roman numerals + @item alph lowercase letters + @item Alph uppercase letters @end table @@ -5227,7 +5301,7 @@ Here are the descriptions of @code{\markboth} and @code{\markright}: @item \markboth@{@var{left}@}@{@var{right}@} Sets both the left and the right heading. A ``left-hand heading'' (@var{left}) is generated by the last @code{\markboth} command before -the end of the page, while a ``right-hand heading'' (@var{right} is +the end of the page, while a ``right-hand heading'' (@var{right}) is generated by the first @code{\markboth} or @code{\markright} that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. @@ -5700,7 +5774,7 @@ Synopsis: \usebox@{@var{\boxcmd}@} @end example -@code{\usebox} producesthe box most recently saved in the bin +@code{\usebox} produces the box most recently saved in the bin @var{\boxcmd} by a @code{\savebox} command (@pxref{\savebox}). @@ -6353,6 +6427,9 @@ several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run @LaTeX{}. +@xref{filecontents}, for an environment that allows bundling an +external file to be created with the main document. + @menu * \include:: Conditionally include a file. * \includeonly:: Determine which files are included. @@ -6422,7 +6499,6 @@ If @var{file} does not end in @samp{.tex} (e.g., @samp{foo} or or @samp{foo.bar.tex}). If that is not found, the original @var{file} is tried (@samp{foo} or @samp{foo.bar}). - @node Front/back matter @chapter Front/back matter @@ -6990,8 +7066,7 @@ One web resource for this: \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} \else \usepackage{url} \fi diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt index 3050b78b437..2e686220565 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ LaTeX2e 2 Overview of LaTeX 3 Starting & ending 4 Document classes -5 Typefaces +5 Fonts 6 Layout 7 Sectioning 8 Cross references @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ LaTeX2e 3 Starting & ending 4 Document classes 4.1 Document class options -5 Typefaces +5 Fonts 5.1 Font styles 5.2 Font sizes 5.3 Low-level font commands @@ -62,49 +62,50 @@ LaTeX2e 9.8 'eqnarray' 9.9 'equation' 9.10 'figure' - 9.11 'flushleft' - 9.11.1 '\raggedright' - 9.12 'flushright' - 9.12.1 '\raggedleft' - 9.13 'itemize' - 9.14 'letter' environment: writing letters - 9.15 'list' - 9.16 'math' - 9.17 'minipage' - 9.18 'picture' - 9.18.1 '\circle' - 9.18.2 '\makebox' - 9.18.3 '\framebox' - 9.18.4 '\dashbox' - 9.18.5 '\frame' - 9.18.6 '\line' - 9.18.7 '\linethickness' - 9.18.8 '\thicklines' - 9.18.9 '\thinlines' - 9.18.10 '\multiput' - 9.18.11 '\oval' - 9.18.12 '\put' - 9.18.13 '\shortstack' - 9.18.14 '\vector' - 9.19 'quotation' - 9.20 'quote' - 9.21 'tabbing' - 9.22 'table' - 9.23 'tabular' - 9.23.1 '\multicolumn' - 9.23.2 '\cline' - 9.23.3 '\hline' - 9.23.4 '\vline' - 9.24 'thebibliography' - 9.24.1 '\bibitem' - 9.24.2 '\cite' - 9.24.3 '\nocite' - 9.24.4 Using BibTeX - 9.25 'theorem' - 9.26 'titlepage' - 9.27 'verbatim' - 9.27.1 '\verb' - 9.28 'verse' + 9.11 'filecontents': Create external files + 9.12 'flushleft' + 9.12.1 '\raggedright' + 9.13 'flushright' + 9.13.1 '\raggedleft' + 9.14 'itemize' + 9.15 'letter' environment: writing letters + 9.16 'list' + 9.17 'math' + 9.18 'minipage' + 9.19 'picture' + 9.19.1 '\circle' + 9.19.2 '\makebox' + 9.19.3 '\framebox' + 9.19.4 '\dashbox' + 9.19.5 '\frame' + 9.19.6 '\line' + 9.19.7 '\linethickness' + 9.19.8 '\thicklines' + 9.19.9 '\thinlines' + 9.19.10 '\multiput' + 9.19.11 '\oval' + 9.19.12 '\put' + 9.19.13 '\shortstack' + 9.19.14 '\vector' + 9.20 'quotation' + 9.21 'quote' + 9.22 'tabbing' + 9.23 'table' + 9.24 'tabular' + 9.24.1 '\multicolumn' + 9.24.2 '\cline' + 9.24.3 '\hline' + 9.24.4 '\vline' + 9.25 'thebibliography' + 9.25.1 '\bibitem' + 9.25.2 '\cite' + 9.25.3 '\nocite' + 9.25.4 Using BibTeX + 9.26 'theorem' + 9.27 'titlepage' + 9.28 'verbatim' + 9.28.1 '\verb' + 9.29 'verse' 10 Line breaking 10.1 '\\'[*][MORESPACE] 10.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr' @@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ LaTeX2e ******* This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document -preparation system, version as of May 2013. It is intended to cover +preparation system, version as of May 2014. It is intended to cover LaTeX2e, which has been the standard version of LaTeX for many years. 1 About this document @@ -441,8 +442,8 @@ use multiple '\usepackage' commands. the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with '\usepackage'. -5 Typefaces -*********** +5 Fonts +******* Two important aspects of selecting a "font" are specifying a size and a style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. @@ -452,18 +453,21 @@ style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. - This first group of commands is typically used like '\textit{italic -text}'. The corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration -form", which takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form -lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group. + This first group of commands is typically used with an argument, as +in '\textit{italic text}'. In the table below, the corresponding +command in parenthesis is the "declaration form", which takes no +arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type +style command or the end of the current group. - The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either -'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif. + These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, +are cumulative; e.g.,, you can say either '\sffamily\bfseries' or +'\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif. You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for instance, '\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'. - These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the + These commands automatically supply an italic correction if needed. + '\textrm (\rmfamily)' Roman. @@ -533,9 +537,9 @@ must be loaded, and sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: . - LaTeX also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to -the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative. They are used -differently than the above commands, too: '{\CMD ...}' instead of + LaTeX also provides the following commands, which unconditionally +switch to the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative. Also, they +are used differently than the above commands: '{\CMD ...}' instead of '\CMD{...}'. These are two very different things. '\bf' @@ -565,6 +569,13 @@ differently than the above commands, too: '{\CMD ...}' instead of '\tt' Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). + Some people consider the unconditional font-switching commands, such +as '\tt', obsolete and _only_ the cumulative commands ('\texttt') should +be used. I (Karl) do not agree. There are perfectly reasonable +situations when an unconditional font switch is precisely what you need +to get the desired output; for one example, *note 'description': +description. Both sets of commands have their place. + 5.2 Font sizes ============== @@ -1261,7 +1272,50 @@ non-float text: The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats: . -9.11 'flushleft' +9.11 'filecontents': Create external files +========================================== + +Synopsis: + + \begin{filecontents}{FILENAME} + CONTENTS-OF-FILE + \end{filecontents} + ... + \documentclass{MY-DOCUMENT-CLASS} + + The 'filecontents' environment is an "initial command", meaning that +it can be used only before the '\documentclass' command, as in the +synopsis above. + + LaTeX will create a file named FILENAME with the content +CONTENTS-OF-FILE preceded by a header comment indicating how and when +the file was generated. If the file already exists then nothing will +happen. + + You can also use the 'filecontents' package, which has the following +advantages: + + * If the file already exists, then it will be overwritten. + + * You can use the 'filecontents' environment at any point after the + declaration '\usepackage{filecontents}', not just before + '\documentclass'. + + * The 'filecontents' package also provides a 'filecontents*' + environment which is used in the same way as the 'filecontents' + environment except that it won't insert any leading comment, so it + is better suited to create files which aren't in LaTeX format. + + The 'filecontents' environment only creates the file, and is +unrelated to using the created file. So you need to use, for instance, +'\input' or '\usepackage' or '\bibliography' or whatever is applicable, +to use the created file. + + This environment is also useful to make a self-contained document, +for example, for a bug report, or to keep a '.bib' file with the main +document. + +9.12 'flushleft' ================ \begin{flushleft} @@ -1274,7 +1328,7 @@ non-float text: consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged right Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'. -9.11.1 '\raggedright' +9.12.1 '\raggedright' --------------------- The '\raggedright' declaration corresponds to the 'flushleft' @@ -1287,7 +1341,7 @@ units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the paragraph unit. -9.12 'flushright' +9.13 'flushright' ================= \begin{flushright} @@ -1300,7 +1354,7 @@ paragraph unit. consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'. -9.12.1 '\raggedleft' +9.13.1 '\raggedleft' -------------------- The '\raggedleft' declaration corresponds to the 'flushright' @@ -1313,7 +1367,7 @@ units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the paragraph unit. -9.13 'itemize' +9.14 'itemize' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1415,12 +1469,12 @@ within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}% {\end{itemize}} -9.14 'letter' environment: writing letters +9.15 'letter' environment: writing letters ========================================== This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::. -9.15 'list' +9.16 'list' =========== The 'list' environment is a generic environment which is used for @@ -1445,7 +1499,7 @@ empty, i.e., '{}', which leaves the default spacing. The width used for typesetting the list items is specified by '\linewidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). -9.16 'math' +9.17 'math' =========== Synopsis: @@ -1457,7 +1511,7 @@ Synopsis: The 'math' environment inserts the given MATH within the running text. '\(...\))' and '$...$' are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::. -9.17 'minipage' +9.18 'minipage' =============== \begin{minipage}[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH} @@ -1485,7 +1539,7 @@ Counters::). However, don't put one minipage inside another if you are using footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. -9.18 'picture' +9.19 'picture' ============== \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) @@ -1555,7 +1609,7 @@ corner of the box. The 'picture' commands are described in the following sections. -9.18.1 '\circle' +9.19.1 '\circle' ---------------- \circle[*]{DIAMETER} @@ -1566,7 +1620,7 @@ solid circle. Circles up to 40 pt can be drawn. -9.18.2 '\makebox' +9.19.2 '\makebox' ----------------- '\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}' @@ -1592,7 +1646,7 @@ text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: *Note \makebox::. -9.18.3 '\framebox' +9.19.3 '\framebox' ------------------ Synopsis: @@ -1606,7 +1660,7 @@ creates. The '\framebox' command produces a rule of thickness '\fboxrule', and leaves a space '\fboxsep' between the rule and the contents of the box. -9.18.4 '\dashbox' +9.19.4 '\dashbox' ----------------- Draws a box with a dashed line. Synopsis: @@ -1621,7 +1675,7 @@ POS. A dashed box looks best when the 'rwidth' and 'rheight' are multiples of the 'dlen'. -9.18.5 '\frame' +9.19.5 '\frame' --------------- Synopsis: @@ -1632,7 +1686,7 @@ Synopsis: reference point is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the object. -9.18.6 '\line' +9.19.6 '\line' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -1647,7 +1701,7 @@ have integer values from -6 through 6. For lines of any slope, not to mention other shapes, see the 'curve2e' and many many other packages on CTAN. -9.18.7 '\linethickness' +9.19.7 '\linethickness' ----------------------- The '\linethickness{DIM}' command declares the thickness of horizontal @@ -1657,21 +1711,21 @@ positive length. '\linethickness' does not affect the thickness of slanted lines, circles, or the quarter circles drawn by '\oval'. -9.18.8 '\thicklines' +9.19.8 '\thicklines' -------------------- The '\thicklines' command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness:: and *note \thinlines::. -9.18.9 '\thinlines' +9.19.9 '\thinlines' ------------------- The '\thinlines' command is the default line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness:: and *note \thicklines::. -9.18.10 '\multiput' +9.19.10 '\multiput' ------------------- Synopsis: @@ -1681,7 +1735,7 @@ Synopsis: across a picture. OBJ is first placed at position (x,y), then at (x+\delta x,y+\delta y), and so on, N times. -9.18.11 '\oval' +9.19.11 '\oval' --------------- Synopsis: @@ -1705,7 +1759,7 @@ following: maximum radius of 20pt, so large "ovals" will look more like boxes with rounded corners. -9.18.12 '\put' +9.19.12 '\put' -------------- '\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }' @@ -1713,7 +1767,7 @@ rounded corners. The '\put' command places the item specified by the mandatory argument at the given coordinates. -9.18.13 '\shortstack' +9.19.13 '\shortstack' --------------------- Synopsis: @@ -1732,7 +1786,7 @@ positions are: Objects are separated with '\\'. -9.18.14 '\vector' +9.19.14 '\vector' ----------------- Synopsis: @@ -1743,7 +1797,7 @@ Synopsis: length and slope. The x and y values must lie between -4 and +4, inclusive. -9.19 'quotation' +9.20 'quotation' ================ Synopsis: @@ -1758,7 +1812,7 @@ blank line between text produces a new paragraph. Unlike the 'quote' environment, each paragraph is indented normally. -9.20 'quote' +9.21 'quote' ============ Snyopsis: @@ -1773,7 +1827,7 @@ line between text produces a new paragraph. Unlike the 'quotation' environment, paragraphs are not indented. -9.21 'tabbing' +9.22 'tabbing' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1864,7 +1918,7 @@ environment. end;\\ \end{tabbing} -9.22 'table' +9.23 'table' ============ Synopsis: @@ -1891,7 +1945,7 @@ and described there (*note figure::). The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc., you wish. The '\caption' command allows you to title your table. -9.23 'tabular' +9.24 'tabular' ============== Synopsis: @@ -2005,7 +2059,7 @@ rule below the table) follows. The following commands can be used inside a 'tabular' environment: -9.23.1 '\multicolumn' +9.24.1 '\multicolumn' --------------------- Synopsis: @@ -2027,7 +2081,7 @@ third mandatory argument, TEXT, specifies what text to put in the entry. 0x10000&0x1FFFF \cr \end{tabular} -9.23.2 '\cline' +9.24.2 '\cline' --------------- Synopsis: @@ -2038,21 +2092,21 @@ Synopsis: specified, beginning in column I and ending in column J, which are specified in the mandatory argument. -9.23.3 '\hline' +9.24.3 '\hline' --------------- The '\hline' command draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing 'tabular' or 'array' environment. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of a table. -9.23.4 '\vline' +9.24.4 '\vline' --------------- The '\vline' command will draw a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row. An '\hfill' command can be used to move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an @-expression. -9.24 'thebibliography' +9.25 'thebibliography' ====================== Synopsis: @@ -2077,7 +2131,7 @@ wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands. It is typically given as '9' for bibliographies with less than 10 references, '99' for ones with less than 100, etc. -9.24.1 '\bibitem' +9.25.1 '\bibitem' ----------------- Synopsis: @@ -2094,7 +2148,7 @@ CITE_KEY and label. When the '.aux' file is read by the 'cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a '\cite' command (see next section) to produce the associated label. -9.24.2 '\cite' +9.25.2 '\cite' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -2108,7 +2162,7 @@ associated with KEYS by entries in the '.aux' file. The text of the optional SUBCITE argument appears after the citation. For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'. -9.24.3 '\nocite' +9.25.3 '\nocite' ---------------- '\nocite{key_list}' @@ -2116,7 +2170,7 @@ For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'. The '\nocite' command produces no text, but writes 'key_list', which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the '.aux' file. -9.24.4 Using BibTeX +9.25.4 Using BibTeX ------------------- If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if @@ -2153,7 +2207,7 @@ bibliography. The argument to '\bibliography' refers to files named Only the entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite' will be listed in the bibliography. -9.25 'theorem' +9.26 'theorem' ============== Synopsis: @@ -2166,7 +2220,7 @@ Synopsis: by THEOREM-TEXT, where the numbering possibilities for N are described under '\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::). -9.26 'titlepage' +9.27 'titlepage' ================ Synopsis: @@ -2183,7 +2237,7 @@ be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The You can use the '\maketitle' command (*note \maketitle::) to produce a standard title page without a 'titlepage' environment. -9.27 'verbatim' +9.28 'verbatim' =============== Synopsis: @@ -2200,7 +2254,7 @@ typewriter. The 'verbatim' uses a monospaced typewriter-like font ('\tt'). -9.27.1 '\verb' +9.28.1 '\verb' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -2217,7 +2271,7 @@ in LITERAL-TEXT. The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a "visible space" character. -9.28 'verse' +9.29 'verse' ============ Synopsis: @@ -2701,8 +2755,8 @@ instance, '\alph{enumi}'. The symbols mostly aren't supported in Info, but here are the names: - asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel - double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger + asterisk(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel + double-asterisk(**) double-dagger double-ddagger 14.2 '\usecounter{COUNTER}' =========================== @@ -3896,12 +3950,16 @@ Synopsis: 'arabic' arabic numerals + 'roman' lowercase Roman numerals + 'Roman' uppercase Roman numerals + 'alph' lowercase letters + 'Alph' uppercase letters @@ -3934,7 +3992,7 @@ typeset from the current page onwards. Values for STYLE: '\markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}' Sets both the left and the right heading. A "left-hand heading" (LEFT) is generated by the last '\markboth' command before the end - of the page, while a "right-hand heading" (RIGHT is generated by + of the page, while a "right-hand heading" (RIGHT) is generated by the first '\markboth' or '\markright' that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. @@ -4253,8 +4311,8 @@ Synopsis: \usebox{\BOXCMD} - '\usebox' producesthe box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by a -'\savebox' command (*note \savebox::). + '\usebox' produces the box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by +a '\savebox' command (*note \savebox::). 22 Special insertions ********************* @@ -4650,6 +4708,9 @@ several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX. + *Note filecontents::, for an environment that allows bundling an +external file to be created with the main document. + 23.1 '\include' =============== @@ -5083,8 +5144,7 @@ A.3 'tugboat' template \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} \else \usepackage{url} \fi @@ -5157,1502 +5217,1509 @@ Concept Index * Menu: -* '*' prompt: Command line. (line 5018) +* '*' prompt: Command line. (line 5079) * *-form of defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 2496) + (line 2550) * *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 2573) -* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 832) -* '.glo' file: Glossaries. (line 4775) -* '.idx' file: Indexes. (line 4791) -* '.ind' file: Indexes. (line 4805) -* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: Indexes. (line 4798) -* abstracts: abstract. (line 929) -* accents: Accents. (line 4476) -* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 3706) + (line 2627) +* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 843) +* '.glo' file: Glossaries. (line 4836) +* '.idx' file: Indexes. (line 4852) +* '.ind' file: Indexes. (line 4866) +* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: Indexes. (line 4859) +* abstracts: abstract. (line 940) +* accents: Accents. (line 4534) +* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 3760) * accessing any character of a font: Reserved characters. - (line 4290) -* acute accent: Accents. (line 4490) -* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 3711) + (line 4348) +* acute accent: Accents. (line 4548) +* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 3765) * ae ligature: Non-English characters. - (line 4579) -* align environment, from 'amsmath': eqnarray. (line 1109) -* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 1109) -* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 1780) -* amsmath package, replacing 'eqnarray': eqnarray. (line 1109) -* appendix, creating: Sectioning. (line 838) + (line 4637) +* align environment, from 'amsmath': eqnarray. (line 1120) +* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 1120) +* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 1834) +* amsmath package, replacing 'eqnarray': eqnarray. (line 1120) +* appendix, creating: Sectioning. (line 849) * aring: Non-English characters. - (line 4575) -* arrays, math: array. (line 940) -* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 4424) -* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 4456) -* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 4392) -* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 4357) -* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 4360) -* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 4363) -* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 3874) -* auxiliary file: Overview. (line 319) -* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 4366) -* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 4372) -* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 4369) -* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 4499) -* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 3714) -* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 4516) -* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 282) -* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 2123) -* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 2059) -* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 2123) -* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 4375) + (line 4633) +* arrays, math: array. (line 951) +* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 4482) +* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 4514) +* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 4450) +* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 4415) +* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 4418) +* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 4421) +* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 3928) +* auxiliary file: Overview. (line 320) +* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 4424) +* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 4430) +* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 4427) +* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 4557) +* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 3768) +* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 4574) +* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 283) +* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 2177) +* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 2113) +* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 2177) +* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 4433) * black boxes, omitting: Document class options. - (line 392) -* bold font: Font styles. (line 543) -* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 1034) -* boxes: Boxes. (line 4105) -* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 4378) -* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 4381) -* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 2243) -* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 2344) -* breve accent: Accents. (line 4555) -* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 3717) + (line 393) +* bold font: Font styles. (line 547) +* bold math: Font styles. (line 527) +* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 1045) +* boxes: Boxes. (line 4163) +* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 4436) +* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 4439) +* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 2297) +* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 2398) +* breve accent: Accents. (line 4613) +* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 3771) * bug reporting: About this document. - (line 252) -* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 3043) -* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 4384) -* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 1320) -* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 546) -* cap height: Text symbols. (line 4392) -* caron accent: Accents. (line 4565) -* case sensitivity of LaTeX: Overview. (line 331) -* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 4877) -* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 4520) -* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 4363) -* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 4431) -* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 999) -* centering text, environment for: center. (line 985) -* characters, accented: Accents. (line 4476) + (line 253) +* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 3097) +* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 4442) +* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 1374) +* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 550) +* cap height: Text symbols. (line 4450) +* caron accent: Accents. (line 4623) +* case sensitivity of LaTeX: Overview. (line 332) +* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 4938) +* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 4578) +* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 4421) +* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 4489) +* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 1010) +* centering text, environment for: center. (line 996) +* characters, accented: Accents. (line 4534) * characters, non-English: Non-English characters. - (line 4570) + (line 4628) * characters, reserved: Reserved characters. - (line 4271) -* check accent: Accents. (line 4565) -* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 3720) -* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 4375) -* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 4387) -* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 4503) -* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 3732) -* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 4357) + (line 4329) +* check accent: Accents. (line 4623) +* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 3774) +* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 4433) +* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 4445) +* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 4561) +* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 3786) +* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 4415) * class options: Document class options. - (line 371) -* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 354) -* closing letters: \closing. (line 4887) -* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 4348) -* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 2190) -* command line: Command line. (line 5009) + (line 372) +* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 355) +* closing letters: \closing. (line 4948) +* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 4406) +* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 2244) +* command line: Command line. (line 5070) * commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 2489) -* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 4392) -* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 2190) -* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 4308) -* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 2666) -* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 2525) -* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 2724) -* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 2738) -* creating letters: Letters. (line 4828) -* creating pictures: picture. (line 1492) -* creating tables: table. (line 1871) -* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 3884) -* cross references: Cross references. (line 859) -* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 897) -* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 907) -* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 4403) -* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 4412) -* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 4400) -* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 4311) -* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 4397) -* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 3880) -* 'datetime' package: \today. (line 4644) + (line 2543) +* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 4450) +* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 2244) +* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 4366) +* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 2720) +* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 2579) +* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 2778) +* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 2792) +* creating letters: Letters. (line 4889) +* creating pictures: picture. (line 1546) +* creating tables: table. (line 1925) +* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 3938) +* cross references: Cross references. (line 870) +* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 908) +* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 918) +* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 4461) +* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 4470) +* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 4458) +* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 4369) +* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 4455) +* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 3934) +* 'datetime' package: \today. (line 4702) * defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 2489) + (line 2543) * defining new environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 2564) -* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 2631) -* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 2603) -* definitions: Definitions. (line 2484) -* description lists, creating: description. (line 1022) -* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 4486) -* discretionary multiplication: Math miscellany. (line 3777) + (line 2618) +* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 2685) +* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 2657) +* definitions: Definitions. (line 2538) +* description lists, creating: description. (line 1033) +* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 4544) +* discretionary multiplication: Math miscellany. (line 3831) * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation. - (line 1750) + (line 1804) * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quote. - (line 1765) + (line 1819) * document class options: Document class options. - (line 371) -* document classes: Document classes. (line 354) -* document templates: Document templates. (line 5025) -* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 4403) -* dot accent: Accents. (line 4495) -* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 3726) -* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 4495) -* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 4524) -* dotless i: Accents. (line 4532) -* dotless i, math: Math accents. (line 3735) -* dotless j: Accents. (line 4535) -* dotless j, math: Math accents. (line 3738) -* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 4323) -* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 4314) -* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 4400) -* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 3723) -* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 4323) -* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 4437) -* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 4345) -* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 4450) -* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 4440) + (line 372) +* document classes: Document classes. (line 355) +* document templates: Document templates. (line 5086) +* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 4461) +* dot accent: Accents. (line 4553) +* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 3780) +* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 4553) +* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 4582) +* dotless i: Accents. (line 4590) +* dotless i, math: Math accents. (line 3789) +* dotless j: Accents. (line 4593) +* dotless j, math: Math accents. (line 3792) +* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 4381) +* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 4372) +* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 4458) +* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 3777) +* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 4381) +* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 4495) +* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 4403) +* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 4508) +* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 4498) * double spacing: Low-level font commands. - (line 644) -* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 4372) -* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 4409) -* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 4329) -* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 4406) -* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 4459) -* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 4465) -* emphasis: Font styles. (line 475) -* emphasis <1>: Font styles. (line 549) -* enclosure list: \encl. (line 4897) -* ending & starting: Starting & ending. (line 337) -* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 2371) -* environments: Environments. (line 919) + (line 655) +* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 4430) +* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 4467) +* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 4387) +* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 4464) +* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 4517) +* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 4523) +* emphasis: Font styles. (line 479) +* emphasis <1>: Font styles. (line 553) +* enclosure list: \encl. (line 4958) +* ending & starting: Starting & ending. (line 338) +* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 2425) +* environments: Environments. (line 930) * environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 2564) -* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 907) -* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 1132) -* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 1109) -* equations, environment for: equation. (line 1144) + (line 2618) +* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 918) +* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 1143) +* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 1120) +* equations, environment for: equation. (line 1155) * es-zet German letter: Non-English characters. - (line 4611) + (line 4669) * eth, Icelandic letter: Non-English characters. - (line 4583) -* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 4412) -* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 4415) + (line 4641) +* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 4470) +* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 4473) * exponent: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 2953) -* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 4428) -* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 907) -* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 1479) -* figures, inserting: figure. (line 1157) -* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 567) -* 'float' package: figure. (line 1185) -* 'float' package <1>: figure. (line 1189) -* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage. (line 2359) + (line 3007) +* external files, creating: filecontents. (line 1279) +* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 4486) +* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 918) +* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 1533) +* figures, inserting: figure. (line 1168) +* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 571) +* 'float' package: figure. (line 1196) +* 'float' package <1>: figure. (line 1200) +* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage. (line 2413) * font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands. - (line 598) -* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 572) -* font styles: Font styles. (line 454) -* fonts: Typefaces. (line 448) -* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 2631) -* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 3914) + (line 609) +* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 583) +* font styles: Font styles. (line 455) +* fonts: Fonts. (line 449) +* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 2685) +* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 3972) * footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 738) -* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 907) + (line 749) +* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 918) * footnote parameters: Footnote parameters. - (line 2468) -* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 1479) -* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 2404) + (line 2522) +* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 1533) +* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 2458) * footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered: Symbolic footnotes. - (line 2455) -* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 1144) -* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 2917) -* fragile commands: \protect. (line 2645) -* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 4323) -* functions, math: Math functions. (line 3598) + (line 2509) +* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 1155) +* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 2971) +* fragile commands: \protect. (line 2699) +* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 4381) +* functions, math: Math functions. (line 3652) * global options: Document class options. - (line 371) + (line 372) * global options <1>: Document class options. - (line 441) -* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 4773) -* grave accent: Accents. (line 4507) -* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 3729) -* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 4418) -* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 2962) -* ha'c: tabbing. (line 1805) + (line 3818) +* \<: tabbing. (line 1861) +* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 4557) +* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1855) +* \>: tabbing. (line 1859) * \> <1>: Spacing in math mode. - (line 3767) -* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1804) -* \@: \AT. (line 4002) -* \@fnsymbol: Symbolic footnotes. (line 2460) -* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1834) -* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 1835) -* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 1835) + (line 3821) +* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1858) +* \@: \AT. (line 4060) +* \@fnsymbol: Symbolic footnotes. (line 2514) +* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1888) +* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 1889) +* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 1889) * \aa (aa): Non-English characters. - (line 4575) + (line 4633) * \AA (AA): Non-English characters. - (line 4575) -* \acute: Math accents. (line 3710) -* \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}: \addcontentsline. (line 4729) -* \address: \address. (line 4864) -* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 4758) -* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 2748) -* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 2791) -* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 4054) + (line 4633) +* \acute: Math accents. (line 3764) +* \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}: \addcontentsline. (line 4790) +* \address: \address. (line 4925) +* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 4819) +* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 2802) +* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 2845) +* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 4112) * \ae (ae): Non-English characters. - (line 4579) + (line 4637) * \AE (AE): Non-English characters. - (line 4579) -* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 2970) + (line 4637) +* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 3024) * \alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 2684) + (line 2738) * \Alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 2687) -* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 1104) -* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 2973) -* \alsoname: Indexes. (line 4802) -* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 2976) -* \and for '\author': \maketitle. (line 3874) -* \angle: Math symbols. (line 2979) -* \appendix: Sectioning. (line 838) -* \approx: Math symbols. (line 2982) + (line 2741) +* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 1115) +* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 3027) +* \alsoname: Indexes. (line 4863) +* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 3030) +* \and for '\author': \maketitle. (line 3928) +* \angle: Math symbols. (line 3033) +* \appendix: Sectioning. (line 849) +* \approx: Math symbols. (line 3036) * \arabic: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 2690) -* \arccos: Math functions. (line 3601) -* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 3604) -* \arctan: Math functions. (line 3607) -* \arg: Math functions. (line 3610) -* \arraycolsep: array. (line 975) -* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 1992) -* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 1996) -* \ast: Math symbols. (line 2985) -* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 2988) -* \author{NAME \and NAME2}: \maketitle. (line 3873) -* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 1835) -* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 4516) -* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 2991) + (line 2744) +* \arccos: Math functions. (line 3655) +* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 3658) +* \arctan: Math functions. (line 3661) +* \arg: Math functions. (line 3664) +* \arraycolsep: array. (line 986) +* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 2046) +* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 2050) +* \ast: Math symbols. (line 3039) +* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 3042) +* \author{NAME \and NAME2}: \maketitle. (line 3927) +* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 1889) +* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 4574) +* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 3045) * \backslash <1>: Reserved characters. - (line 4281) -* \bar: Math accents. (line 3713) + (line 4339) +* \bar: Math accents. (line 3767) * \baselineskip: Low-level font commands. - (line 638) + (line 649) * \baselinestretch: Low-level font commands. - (line 644) -* \begin: Environments. (line 919) -* \beta: Math symbols. (line 2994) -* \bf: Font styles. (line 542) -* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 481) -* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 2084) -* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 2123) -* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 2123) -* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 2997) -* \bigcap <1>: Math symbols. (line 3027) -* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 3000) -* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 3003) -* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 3006) -* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 3009) -* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 3012) + (line 655) +* \begin: Environments. (line 930) +* \beta: Math symbols. (line 3048) +* \bf: Font styles. (line 546) +* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 485) +* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 2138) +* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 2177) +* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 2177) +* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 3051) +* \bigcap <1>: Math symbols. (line 3081) +* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 3054) +* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 3057) +* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 3060) +* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 3063) +* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 3066) * \bigskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 4068) + (line 4126) * \bigskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 4068) -* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 3021) -* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 3015) -* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 3018) -* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 3024) -* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 3030) -* \bmod: Math functions. (line 3613) -* \boldmath: Math formulas. (line 2940) -* \bot: Math symbols. (line 3033) -* \bottomfraction: figure. (line 1218) -* \bottomnumber: figure. (line 1251) -* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 3036) -* \Box: Math symbols. (line 3039) -* \breve: Math accents. (line 3716) -* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 3042) -* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 4520) -* \cal: Font styles. (line 545) -* \cap: Math symbols. (line 3045) -* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 4490) -* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 4555) -* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 4565) -* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 4520) -* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 4503) -* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 4486) -* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 4524) -* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 4507) -* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 4528) -* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 4499) -* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 4550) -* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 4539) -* \capitalring: Accents. (line 4544) -* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 4550) -* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 4513) -* \caption: figure. (line 1211) -* \cc: \cc. (line 4877) -* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 3048) -* \cdots: Math miscellany. (line 3780) -* \centering: \centering. (line 999) -* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 810) -* \check: Math accents. (line 3719) -* \chi: Math symbols. (line 3051) -* \circ: Math symbols. (line 3054) -* \circle: \circle. (line 1562) -* \cite: \cite. (line 2101) -* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 2351) -* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 2359) -* \cline: \cline. (line 2034) -* \closing: \closing. (line 4887) -* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 3057) -* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 689) -* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 692) -* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 696) -* \cong: Math symbols. (line 3060) -* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 4752) -* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 3063) -* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 4306) -* \cos: Math functions. (line 3616) -* \cosh: Math functions. (line 3619) -* \cot: Math functions. (line 3622) -* \coth: Math functions. (line 3625) -* \csc: Math functions. (line 3628) -* \cup: Math symbols. (line 3066) -* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 4524) -* \dag: Text symbols. (line 4310) -* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 3069) -* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 1613) -* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 3072) -* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 3879) -* \day: \day \month \year. (line 2767) -* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 707) -* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 711) -* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 716) -* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 702) -* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 4313) -* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 3075) -* \ddot: Math accents. (line 3722) -* \ddots: Math miscellany. (line 3784) -* \deg: Math functions. (line 3631) -* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 3078) -* \delta: Math symbols. (line 3081) -* \depth: Predefined lengths. (line 2823) -* \det: Math functions. (line 3634) + (line 4126) +* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 3075) +* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 3069) +* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 3072) +* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 3078) +* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 3084) +* \bmod: Math functions. (line 3667) +* \boldmath: Math formulas. (line 2994) +* \bot: Math symbols. (line 3087) +* \bottomfraction: figure. (line 1229) +* \bottomnumber: figure. (line 1262) +* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 3090) +* \Box: Math symbols. (line 3093) +* \breve: Math accents. (line 3770) +* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 3096) +* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 4578) +* \cal: Font styles. (line 549) +* \cap: Math symbols. (line 3099) +* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 4548) +* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 4613) +* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 4623) +* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 4578) +* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 4561) +* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 4544) +* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 4582) +* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 4565) +* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 4586) +* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 4557) +* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 4608) +* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 4597) +* \capitalring: Accents. (line 4602) +* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 4608) +* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 4571) +* \caption: figure. (line 1222) +* \cc: \cc. (line 4938) +* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 3102) +* \cdots: Math miscellany. (line 3834) +* \centering: \centering. (line 1010) +* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 821) +* \check: Math accents. (line 3773) +* \chi: Math symbols. (line 3105) +* \circ: Math symbols. (line 3108) +* \circle: \circle. (line 1616) +* \cite: \cite. (line 2155) +* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 2405) +* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 2413) +* \cline: \cline. (line 2088) +* \closing: \closing. (line 4948) +* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 3111) +* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 700) +* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 703) +* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 707) +* \cong: Math symbols. (line 3114) +* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 4813) +* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 3117) +* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 4364) +* \cos: Math functions. (line 3670) +* \cosh: Math functions. (line 3673) +* \cot: Math functions. (line 3676) +* \coth: Math functions. (line 3679) +* \csc: Math functions. (line 3682) +* \cup: Math symbols. (line 3120) +* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 4582) +* \dag: Text symbols. (line 4368) +* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 3123) +* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 1667) +* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 3126) +* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 3933) +* \day: \day \month \year. (line 2821) +* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 718) +* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 722) +* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 727) +* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 713) +* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 4371) +* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 3129) +* \ddot: Math accents. (line 3776) +* \ddots: Math miscellany. (line 3838) +* \deg: Math functions. (line 3685) +* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 3132) +* \delta: Math symbols. (line 3135) +* \depth: Predefined lengths. (line 2877) +* \det: Math functions. (line 3688) * \dh (ae): Non-English characters. - (line 4583) + (line 4641) * \DH (AE): Non-English characters. - (line 4583) -* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 3084) -* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 3087) -* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 3090) -* \dim: Math functions. (line 3637) -* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 2945) -* \div: Math symbols. (line 3093) + (line 4641) +* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 3138) +* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 3141) +* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 3144) +* \dim: Math functions. (line 3691) +* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 2999) +* \div: Math symbols. (line 3147) * \dj: Non-English characters. - (line 4587) + (line 4645) * \DJ: Non-English characters. - (line 4587) -* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 354) -* \dot: Math accents. (line 3725) -* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 3096) -* \dotfill: \dotfill. (line 4048) -* \dots: Text symbols. (line 4327) -* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 2000) -* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 3099) -* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 3102) -* \ell: Math symbols. (line 3105) -* \em: Font styles. (line 548) -* \emph: Font styles. (line 475) -* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 3108) -* \encl: \encl. (line 4897) -* \end: Environments. (line 919) -* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 2371) -* \enumi: enumerate. (line 1094) -* \enumii: enumerate. (line 1094) -* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 1094) -* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 1094) -* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 3111) -* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 3114) -* \eta: Math symbols. (line 3117) + (line 4645) +* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 355) +* \documentclass, commands before: filecontents. (line 1287) +* \dot: Math accents. (line 3779) +* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 3150) +* \dotfill: \dotfill. (line 4106) +* \dots: Text symbols. (line 4385) +* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 2054) +* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 3153) +* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 3156) +* \ell: Math symbols. (line 3159) +* \em: Font styles. (line 552) +* \emph: Font styles. (line 479) +* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 3162) +* \encl: \encl. (line 4958) +* \end: Environments. (line 930) +* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 2425) +* \enumi: enumerate. (line 1105) +* \enumii: enumerate. (line 1105) +* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 1105) +* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 1105) +* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 3165) +* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 3168) +* \eta: Math symbols. (line 3171) * \evensidemargin: Document class options. - (line 415) -* \exists: Math symbols. (line 3120) -* \exp: Math functions. (line 3640) -* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 1963) + (line 416) +* \exists: Math symbols. (line 3174) +* \exp: Math functions. (line 3694) +* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 2017) * \fbox: \fbox and \framebox. - (line 4118) + (line 4176) * \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). - (line 1607) + (line 1661) * \fboxrule <1>: \fbox and \framebox. - (line 4130) + (line 4188) * \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). - (line 1607) + (line 1661) * \fboxsep <1>: \fbox and \framebox. - (line 4130) -* \fill: \hfill. (line 3984) -* \flat: Math symbols. (line 3123) -* \floatpagefraction: figure. (line 1221) -* \floatsep: figure. (line 1236) -* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 723) + (line 4188) +* \fill: \hfill. (line 4042) +* \flat: Math symbols. (line 3177) +* \floatpagefraction: figure. (line 1232) +* \floatsep: figure. (line 1247) +* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 734) * \fnsymbol: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 2699) -* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: Symbolic footnotes. (line 2460) + (line 2753) +* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: Symbolic footnotes. (line 2514) * \fontencoding: Low-level font commands. - (line 603) + (line 614) * \fontfamily: Low-level font commands. - (line 606) + (line 617) * \fontseries: Low-level font commands. - (line 615) -* \fontshape: Low-level font commands. (line 626) +* \fontshape: Low-level font commands. + (line 637) * \fontsize: Low-level font commands. - (line 638) -* \footnote: \footnote. (line 2411) -* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 2426) + (line 649) +* \footnote: \footnote. (line 2465) +* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 2480) * \footnoterule: Footnote parameters. - (line 2468) + (line 2522) * \footnotesep: Footnote parameters. - (line 2474) -* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 2441) + (line 2528) +* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 2495) * \footskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 748) -* \forall: Math symbols. (line 3126) -* \frac: Math miscellany. (line 3788) -* \frac{num}{den}: Math miscellany. (line 3787) -* \frame: \frame. (line 1628) + (line 759) +* \forall: Math symbols. (line 3180) +* \frac: Math miscellany. (line 3842) +* \frac{num}{den}: Math miscellany. (line 3841) +* \frame: \frame. (line 1682) * \framebox: \framebox (picture). - (line 1599) + (line 1653) * \framebox <1>: \fbox and \framebox. - (line 4118) -* \frown: Math symbols. (line 3129) -* \fussy: \fussy. (line 2293) -* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 3132) -* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 3135) -* \gcd: Math functions. (line 3643) -* \ge: Math symbols. (line 3138) -* \geq: Math symbols. (line 3141) -* \gets: Math symbols. (line 3144) -* \gg: Math symbols. (line 3147) -* \glossary: Glossaries. (line 4775) -* \glossaryentry: Glossaries. (line 4778) -* \grave: Math accents. (line 3728) -* \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 4319) -* \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 4320) -* \guilsinglleft (<): Text symbols. (line 4321) -* \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 4322) -* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 4528) -* \hat: Math accents. (line 3731) -* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 3150) + (line 4176) +* \frown: Math symbols. (line 3183) +* \fussy: \fussy. (line 2347) +* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 3186) +* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 3189) +* \gcd: Math functions. (line 3697) +* \ge: Math symbols. (line 3192) +* \geq: Math symbols. (line 3195) +* \gets: Math symbols. (line 3198) +* \gg: Math symbols. (line 3201) +* \glossary: Glossaries. (line 4836) +* \glossaryentry: Glossaries. (line 4839) +* \grave: Math accents. (line 3782) +* \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 4377) +* \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 4378) +* \guilsinglleft (<): Text symbols. (line 4379) +* \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 4380) +* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 4586) +* \hat: Math accents. (line 3785) +* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 3204) * \headheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 738) + (line 749) * \headsep: Page layout parameters. - (line 743) -* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 3153) -* \height: Predefined lengths. (line 2821) -* \hfill: \hfill. (line 3981) -* \hline: \hline. (line 2045) -* \hom: Math functions. (line 3646) -* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 3156) -* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3159) -* \hrulefill: \hrulefill. (line 4041) + (line 754) +* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 3207) +* \height: Predefined lengths. (line 2875) +* \hfill: \hfill. (line 4039) +* \hline: \hline. (line 2099) +* \hom: Math functions. (line 3700) +* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 3210) +* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3213) +* \hrulefill: \hrulefill. (line 4099) * \hsize: Page layout parameters. - (line 788) -* \hspace: \hspace. (line 3966) -* \huge: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 2311) -* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 4532) -* \iff: Math symbols. (line 3162) + (line 799) +* \hspace: \hspace. (line 4024) +* \huge: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 2365) +* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 4590) +* \iff: Math symbols. (line 3216) * \ij (ij): Non-English characters. - (line 4591) + (line 4649) * \IJ (IJ): Non-English characters. - (line 4591) -* \Im: Math symbols. (line 3165) -* \imath: Math accents. (line 3734) -* \in: Math symbols. (line 3168) -* \include: \include. (line 4659) -* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 4677) -* \indent: \indent. (line 2846) -* \index: Indexes. (line 4791) -* \indexentry: Indexes. (line 4794) -* \inf: Math functions. (line 3649) -* \infty: Math symbols. (line 3171) -* \input: \input. (line 4691) -* \int: Math symbols. (line 3174) -* \intextsep: figure. (line 1240) -* \iota: Math symbols. (line 3177) -* \it: Font styles. (line 551) -* \item: description. (line 1030) -* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 1084) -* \item <2>: itemize. (line 1320) -* \itemindent: itemize. (line 1363) -* \itemsep: itemize. (line 1385) -* \itshape: Font styles. (line 472) -* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 4535) -* \jmath: Math accents. (line 3737) -* \Join: Math symbols. (line 3180) -* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 4539) -* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 3183) -* \ker: Math functions. (line 3652) -* \kill: tabbing. (line 1839) + (line 4649) +* \Im: Math symbols. (line 3219) +* \imath: Math accents. (line 3788) +* \in: Math symbols. (line 3222) +* \include: \include. (line 4720) +* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 4738) +* \indent: \indent. (line 2900) +* \index: Indexes. (line 4852) +* \indexentry: Indexes. (line 4855) +* \inf: Math functions. (line 3703) +* \infty: Math symbols. (line 3225) +* \input: \input. (line 4752) +* \int: Math symbols. (line 3228) +* \intextsep: figure. (line 1251) +* \iota: Math symbols. (line 3231) +* \it: Font styles. (line 555) +* \item: description. (line 1041) +* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 1095) +* \item <2>: itemize. (line 1374) +* \itemindent: itemize. (line 1417) +* \itemsep: itemize. (line 1439) +* \itshape: Font styles. (line 476) +* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 4593) +* \jmath: Math accents. (line 3791) +* \Join: Math symbols. (line 3234) +* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 4597) +* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 3237) +* \ker: Math functions. (line 3706) +* \kill: tabbing. (line 1893) * \l (/l): Non-English characters. - (line 4595) + (line 4653) * \L (/L): Non-English characters. - (line 4595) -* \label: \label. (line 865) -* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 1098) -* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 1098) -* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 1098) -* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 1098) -* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 1343) -* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 1343) -* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 1343) -* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 1343) -* \labelsep: itemize. (line 1366) -* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 1369) -* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 3186) -* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 3189) -* \land: Math symbols. (line 3192) -* \langle: Math symbols. (line 3195) -* \large: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \Large: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 4316) -* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 3198) -* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 3201) -* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 3204) -* \ldots: Text symbols. (line 4326) -* \le: Math symbols. (line 3207) -* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 3210) -* \left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2: Math miscellany. (line 3790) -* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 3212) -* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 3215) -* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 1137) -* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 3218) -* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 3221) -* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 1350) -* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 1350) -* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 1350) -* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 1350) -* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 1350) -* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 1350) -* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 1350) -* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3224) -* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3227) -* \leq: Math symbols. (line 3230) -* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 3233) -* \lg: Math functions. (line 3655) -* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 3236) -* \lim: Math functions. (line 3658) -* \liminf: Math functions. (line 3661) -* \limsup: Math functions. (line 3664) -* \line: \line. (line 1639) + (line 4653) +* \label: \label. (line 876) +* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 1109) +* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 1109) +* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 1109) +* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 1109) +* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 1397) +* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 1397) +* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 1397) +* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 1397) +* \labelsep: itemize. (line 1420) +* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 1423) +* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 3240) +* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 3243) +* \land: Math symbols. (line 3246) +* \langle: Math symbols. (line 3249) +* \large: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \Large: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 4374) +* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 3252) +* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 3255) +* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 3258) +* \ldots: Text symbols. (line 4384) +* \le: Math symbols. (line 3261) +* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 3264) +* \left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2: Math miscellany. (line 3844) +* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 3266) +* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 3269) +* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 1148) +* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 3272) +* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 3275) +* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 1404) +* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 1404) +* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 1404) +* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 1404) +* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 1404) +* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 1404) +* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 1404) +* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3278) +* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3281) +* \leq: Math symbols. (line 3284) +* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 3287) +* \lg: Math functions. (line 3709) +* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 3290) +* \lim: Math functions. (line 3712) +* \liminf: Math functions. (line 3715) +* \limsup: Math functions. (line 3718) +* \line: \line. (line 1693) * \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 2327) + (line 2381) * \linespread: Low-level font commands. - (line 651) -* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 1654) + (line 662) +* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 1708) * \linewidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 753) -* \listoffigures: Tables of contents. (line 4719) -* \listoftables: Tables of contents. (line 4719) -* \listparindent: itemize. (line 1372) -* \ll: Math symbols. (line 3239) -* \ln: Math functions. (line 3667) -* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 3242) -* \location: \location. (line 4906) -* \log: Math functions. (line 3670) -* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 3245) -* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3248) -* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 3251) -* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3254) -* \lor: Math symbols. (line 3257) -* \lq: Text symbols. (line 4332) -* \makebox: \makebox. (line 4150) -* \makebox (picture): \makebox (picture). (line 1573) -* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 4773) -* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 4788) -* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 4914) -* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 3868) -* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 3260) -* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 2870) -* \marginparpush: Marginal notes. (line 2897) -* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 2901) -* \marginparwidth: Marginal notes. (line 2905) -* \markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 3937) -* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 3944) -* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 505) -* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 521) -* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 518) -* \mathring: Math accents. (line 3740) -* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 502) -* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 508) -* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 511) -* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 523) -* \max: Math functions. (line 3673) -* \mbox: \mbox. (line 4111) -* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 478) + (line 764) +* \listoffigures: Tables of contents. (line 4780) +* \listoftables: Tables of contents. (line 4780) +* \listparindent: itemize. (line 1426) +* \ll: Math symbols. (line 3293) +* \ln: Math functions. (line 3721) +* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 3296) +* \location: \location. (line 4967) +* \log: Math functions. (line 3724) +* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 3299) +* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3302) +* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 3305) +* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3308) +* \lor: Math symbols. (line 3311) +* \lq: Text symbols. (line 4390) +* \makebox: \makebox. (line 4208) +* \makebox (picture): \makebox (picture). (line 1627) +* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 4834) +* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 4849) +* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 4975) +* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 3922) +* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 3314) +* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 2924) +* \marginparpush: Marginal notes. (line 2951) +* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 2955) +* \marginparwidth: Marginal notes. (line 2959) +* \markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 3995) +* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 4002) +* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 509) +* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 525) +* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 522) +* \mathring: Math accents. (line 3794) +* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 506) +* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 512) +* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 515) +* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 527) +* \max: Math functions. (line 3727) +* \mbox: \mbox. (line 4169) +* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 482) * \medskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 4072) + (line 4130) * \medskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 4072) -* \mho: Math symbols. (line 3263) -* \mid: Math symbols. (line 3265) -* \min: Math functions. (line 3676) -* \models: Math symbols. (line 3268) -* \month: \day \month \year. (line 2767) -* \mp: Math symbols. (line 3271) -* \mu: Math symbols. (line 3274) -* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 2012) -* \multiput: \multiput. (line 1678) -* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 3277) -* \name: \name. (line 4922) -* \natural: Math symbols. (line 3280) -* \ne: Math symbols. (line 3283) -* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 3286) -* \neg: Math symbols. (line 3289) -* \neq: Math symbols. (line 3292) + (line 4130) +* \mho: Math symbols. (line 3317) +* \mid: Math symbols. (line 3319) +* \min: Math functions. (line 3730) +* \models: Math symbols. (line 3322) +* \month: \day \month \year. (line 2821) +* \mp: Math symbols. (line 3325) +* \mu: Math symbols. (line 3328) +* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 2066) +* \multiput: \multiput. (line 1732) +* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 3331) +* \name: \name. (line 4983) +* \natural: Math symbols. (line 3334) +* \ne: Math symbols. (line 3337) +* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 3340) +* \neg: Math symbols. (line 3343) +* \neq: Math symbols. (line 3346) * \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 2489) -* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 2525) + (line 2543) +* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 2579) * \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 2564) -* \newfont: \newfont. (line 2631) -* \newlength: \newlength. (line 2540) -* \newline: \newline. (line 2274) -* \NEWLINE: \SPACE. (line 3991) -* \newpage: \newpage. (line 2365) -* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 2554) -* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 2603) -* \newtie: Accents. (line 4550) + (line 2618) +* \newfont: \newfont. (line 2685) +* \newlength: \newlength. (line 2594) +* \newline: \newline. (line 2328) +* \NEWLINE: \SPACE. (line 4049) +* \newpage: \newpage. (line 2419) +* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 2608) +* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 2657) +* \newtie: Accents. (line 4608) * \ng: Non-English characters. - (line 4599) + (line 4657) * \NG: Non-English characters. - (line 4599) -* \ni: Math symbols. (line 3295) -* \nocite: \nocite. (line 2115) -* \nofiles: Tables of contents. (line 4723) -* \noindent: \noindent. (line 2857) + (line 4657) +* \ni: Math symbols. (line 3349) +* \nocite: \nocite. (line 2169) +* \nofiles: Tables of contents. (line 4784) +* \noindent: \noindent. (line 2911) * \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 2327) -* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 1132) + (line 2381) +* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 1143) * \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 2386) -* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 499) -* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 2885) -* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \not: Math symbols. (line 3298) -* \notin: Math symbols. (line 3301) -* \nu: Math symbols. (line 3304) -* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 3307) + (line 2440) +* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 503) +* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 2939) +* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \not: Math symbols. (line 3352) +* \notin: Math symbols. (line 3355) +* \nu: Math symbols. (line 3358) +* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 3361) * \o (/o): Non-English characters. - (line 4603) + (line 4661) * \O (/O): Non-English characters. - (line 4603) + (line 4661) * \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 2265) + (line 2319) * \oddsidemargin: Document class options. - (line 415) -* \odot: Math symbols. (line 3310) + (line 416) +* \odot: Math symbols. (line 3364) * \oe (oe): Non-English characters. - (line 4607) + (line 4665) * \OE (OE): Non-English characters. - (line 4607) -* \oint: Math symbols. (line 3313) -* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 527) -* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 3316) -* \omega: Math symbols. (line 3319) -* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 3322) -* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 673) -* \opening: \opening. (line 4930) -* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 3325) -* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 3328) -* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 3331) -* \oval: \oval. (line 1688) -* \overbrace{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 3795) -* \overline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 3799) -* \owns: Math symbols. (line 3334) -* \P: Text symbols. (line 4335) + (line 4665) +* \oint: Math symbols. (line 3367) +* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 531) +* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 3370) +* \omega: Math symbols. (line 3373) +* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 3376) +* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 684) +* \opening: \opening. (line 4991) +* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 3379) +* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 3382) +* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 3385) +* \oval: \oval. (line 1742) +* \overbrace{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 3849) +* \overline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 3853) +* \owns: Math symbols. (line 3388) +* \P: Text symbols. (line 4393) * \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 2386) -* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 3894) -* \pageref: \pageref. (line 897) -* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 3914) -* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 815) -* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 3337) -* \parbox: \parbox. (line 4175) -* \parindent: minipage. (line 1475) -* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 2846) -* \parsep: itemize. (line 1390) -* \parskip: \parskip. (line 2864) -* \parskip example: itemize. (line 1406) -* \part: Sectioning. (line 809) -* \partial: Math symbols. (line 3340) -* \partopsep: itemize. (line 1400) -* \perp: Math symbols. (line 3343) -* \phi: Math symbols. (line 3346) -* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 3349) -* \pi: Math symbols. (line 3352) -* \pm: Math symbols. (line 3355) -* \pmod: Math functions. (line 3679) -* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 1845) -* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 1846) -* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 4339) -* \Pr: Math functions. (line 3682) -* \prec: Math symbols. (line 3358) -* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 3361) -* \prime: Math symbols. (line 3364) -* \prod: Math symbols. (line 3367) -* \propto: Math symbols. (line 3370) -* \protect: \protect. (line 2645) -* \ps: \ps. (line 4942) -* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 3373) -* \psi: Math symbols. (line 3376) -* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 1848) -* \put: \put. (line 1712) -* \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 4343) -* \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 4344) -* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 4544) -* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 732) -* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 1307) -* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 1281) -* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 4215) -* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 3379) -* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 3382) -* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 3385) -* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 3388) -* \Re: Math symbols. (line 3391) -* \ref: \ref. (line 907) -* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 2754) + (line 2440) +* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 3948) +* \pageref: \pageref. (line 908) +* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 3972) +* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 826) +* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 3391) +* \parbox: \parbox. (line 4233) +* \parindent: minipage. (line 1529) +* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 2900) +* \parsep: itemize. (line 1444) +* \parskip: \parskip. (line 2918) +* \parskip example: itemize. (line 1460) +* \part: Sectioning. (line 820) +* \partial: Math symbols. (line 3394) +* \partopsep: itemize. (line 1454) +* \perp: Math symbols. (line 3397) +* \phi: Math symbols. (line 3400) +* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 3403) +* \pi: Math symbols. (line 3406) +* \pm: Math symbols. (line 3409) +* \pmod: Math functions. (line 3733) +* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 1899) +* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 1900) +* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 4397) +* \Pr: Math functions. (line 3736) +* \prec: Math symbols. (line 3412) +* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 3415) +* \prime: Math symbols. (line 3418) +* \prod: Math symbols. (line 3421) +* \propto: Math symbols. (line 3424) +* \protect: \protect. (line 2699) +* \ps: \ps. (line 5003) +* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 3427) +* \psi: Math symbols. (line 3430) +* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 1902) +* \put: \put. (line 1766) +* \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 4401) +* \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 4402) +* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 4602) +* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 743) +* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 1361) +* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 1335) +* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 4273) +* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 3433) +* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 3436) +* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 3439) +* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 3442) +* \Re: Math symbols. (line 3445) +* \ref: \ref. (line 918) +* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 2808) * \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 2564) + (line 2618) * \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 2265) -* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 2885) -* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 3394) -* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 3397) -* \rho: Math symbols. (line 3400) -* \right: Math miscellany. (line 3791) -* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3403) -* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3406) -* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 3409) -* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 3412) -* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 3415) -* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 1376) -* \rm: Font styles. (line 554) -* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 469) + (line 2319) +* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 2939) +* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 3448) +* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 3451) +* \rho: Math symbols. (line 3454) +* \right: Math miscellany. (line 3845) +* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3457) +* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 3460) +* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 3463) +* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 3466) +* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 3469) +* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 1430) +* \rm: Font styles. (line 558) +* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 473) * \roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 2693) + (line 2747) * \roman <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 2696) -* \rq: Text symbols. (line 4347) -* \rule: \rule. (line 4620) -* \S: Text symbols. (line 4350) -* \savebox: \savebox. (line 4231) -* \sbox: \sbox. (line 4243) -* \sc: Font styles. (line 557) -* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \scshape: Font styles. (line 493) -* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 3418) -* \sec: Math functions. (line 3685) -* \section: Sectioning. (line 812) -* \seename: Indexes. (line 4802) + (line 2750) +* \rq: Text symbols. (line 4405) +* \rule: \rule. (line 4678) +* \S: Text symbols. (line 4408) +* \savebox: \savebox. (line 4289) +* \sbox: \sbox. (line 4301) +* \sc: Font styles. (line 561) +* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \scshape: Font styles. (line 497) +* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 3472) +* \sec: Math functions. (line 3739) +* \section: Sectioning. (line 823) +* \seename: Indexes. (line 4863) * \selectfont: Low-level font commands. - (line 657) -* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 2738) -* \setlength: \setlength. (line 2784) -* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 3421) -* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 2797) -* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 2805) -* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 2813) -* \sf: Font styles. (line 560) -* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 490) -* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 3424) -* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 1720) -* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 3427) -* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 3430) -* \signature: \signature. (line 4948) -* \sim: Math symbols. (line 3433) -* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 3436) -* \sin: Math functions. (line 3688) -* \sinh: Math functions. (line 3691) -* \sl: Font styles. (line 563) -* \slshape: Font styles. (line 487) -* \small: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 3439) + (line 668) +* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 2792) +* \setlength: \setlength. (line 2838) +* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 3475) +* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 2851) +* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 2859) +* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 2867) +* \sf: Font styles. (line 564) +* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 494) +* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 3478) +* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 1774) +* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 3481) +* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 3484) +* \signature: \signature. (line 5009) +* \sim: Math symbols. (line 3487) +* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 3490) +* \sin: Math functions. (line 3742) +* \sinh: Math functions. (line 3745) +* \sl: Font styles. (line 567) +* \slshape: Font styles. (line 491) +* \small: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 3493) * \smallskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 4076) + (line 4134) * \smallskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 4076) -* \smile: Math symbols. (line 3442) -* \SPACE: \SPACE. (line 3991) -* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 3445) -* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 3448) -* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 3451) -* \sqrt[ROOT]{arg}: Math miscellany. (line 3802) -* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 3454) -* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 3457) -* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 3460) -* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 3463) + (line 4134) +* \smile: Math symbols. (line 3496) +* \SPACE: \SPACE. (line 4049) +* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 3499) +* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 3502) +* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 3505) +* \sqrt[ROOT]{arg}: Math miscellany. (line 3856) +* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 3508) +* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 3511) +* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 3514) +* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 3517) * \ss (ss): Non-English characters. - (line 4611) + (line 4669) * \SS (SS): Non-English characters. - (line 4611) -* \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}: Math miscellany. (line 3808) -* \star: Math symbols. (line 3466) -* \startbreaks: \startbreaks. (line 4954) -* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 2761) -* \stop: Command line. (line 5018) -* \stopbreaks: \stopbreaks. (line 4961) -* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 816) -* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 813) -* \subset: Math symbols. (line 3469) -* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 3472) -* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 814) -* \succ: Math symbols. (line 3475) -* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 3478) -* \sum: Math symbols. (line 3481) -* \sup: Math functions. (line 3694) -* \supset: Math symbols. (line 3484) -* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 3487) -* \surd: Math symbols. (line 3490) -* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 3493) + (line 4669) +* \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}: Math miscellany. (line 3862) +* \star: Math symbols. (line 3520) +* \startbreaks: \startbreaks. (line 5015) +* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 2815) +* \stop: Command line. (line 5079) +* \stopbreaks: \stopbreaks. (line 5022) +* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 827) +* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 824) +* \subset: Math symbols. (line 3523) +* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 3526) +* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 825) +* \succ: Math symbols. (line 3529) +* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 3532) +* \sum: Math symbols. (line 3535) +* \sup: Math functions. (line 3748) +* \supset: Math symbols. (line 3538) +* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 3541) +* \surd: Math symbols. (line 3544) +* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 3547) * \symbol: Reserved characters. - (line 4290) -* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 4550) -* \TAB: \SPACE. (line 3991) -* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 1853) -* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 2004) -* \tableofcontents: Tables of contents. (line 4709) -* \tan: Math functions. (line 3697) -* \tanh: Math functions. (line 3700) -* \tau: Math symbols. (line 3496) -* \telephone: \telephone. (line 4968) -* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 4353) -* \textascenderwordmark: Text symbols. (line 4391) -* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 4356) -* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 4359) -* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 4362) -* \textbackslash: Text symbols. (line 4365) -* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 4368) -* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 4371) -* \textbf: Font styles. (line 481) -* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 4374) -* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 4377) -* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 4380) -* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 4383) -* \textcapitalwordmark: Text symbols. (line 4390) -* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 4386) -* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 4389) -* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 4307) -* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 4396) -* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 4399) -* \textdollar (or '$'): Text symbols. (line 4402) -* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 4328) -* \textemdash (or '---'): Text symbols. (line 4405) -* \textendash (or '--'): Text symbols. (line 4408) -* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 4411) -* \textexclamdown (or '!`'): Text symbols. (line 4414) -* \textfloatsep: figure. (line 1245) -* \textfraction: figure. (line 1225) -* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 4417) + (line 4348) +* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 4608) +* \TAB: \SPACE. (line 4049) +* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 1907) +* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 2058) +* \tableofcontents: Tables of contents. (line 4770) +* \tan: Math functions. (line 3751) +* \tanh: Math functions. (line 3754) +* \tau: Math symbols. (line 3550) +* \telephone: \telephone. (line 5029) +* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 4411) +* \textascenderwordmark: Text symbols. (line 4449) +* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 4414) +* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 4417) +* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 4420) +* \textbackslash: Text symbols. (line 4423) +* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 4426) +* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 4429) +* \textbf: Font styles. (line 485) +* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 4432) +* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 4435) +* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 4438) +* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 4441) +* \textcapitalwordmark: Text symbols. (line 4448) +* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 4444) +* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 4447) +* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 4365) +* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 4454) +* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 4457) +* \textdollar (or '$'): Text symbols. (line 4460) +* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 4386) +* \textemdash (or '---'): Text symbols. (line 4463) +* \textendash (or '--'): Text symbols. (line 4466) +* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 4469) +* \textexclamdown (or '!`'): Text symbols. (line 4472) +* \textfloatsep: figure. (line 1256) +* \textfraction: figure. (line 1236) +* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 4475) * \textheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 761) -* \textit: Font styles. (line 472) -* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 4423) -* \textless: Text symbols. (line 4420) -* \textmd: Font styles. (line 478) -* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 499) -* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 4426) -* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 4427) -* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 4336) -* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 4430) -* \textquestiondown (or '?`'): Text symbols. (line 4433) -* \textquotedblleft (or '``'): Text symbols. (line 4436) -* \textquotedblright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 4439) -* \textquoteleft (or '`'): Text symbols. (line 4442) -* \textquoteright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 4445) -* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 4448) -* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 4449) -* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 4452) -* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 4455) -* \textrm: Font styles. (line 469) -* \textsc: Font styles. (line 493) -* \textsf: Font styles. (line 490) -* \textsl: Font styles. (line 487) -* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 4340) -* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 4458) -* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 4461) -* \texttt: Font styles. (line 496) -* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 4464) -* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 4467) -* \textup: Font styles. (line 484) -* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 4470) + (line 772) +* \textit: Font styles. (line 476) +* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 4481) +* \textless: Text symbols. (line 4478) +* \textmd: Font styles. (line 482) +* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 503) +* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 4484) +* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 4485) +* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 4394) +* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 4488) +* \textquestiondown (or '?`'): Text symbols. (line 4491) +* \textquotedblleft (or '``'): Text symbols. (line 4494) +* \textquotedblright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 4497) +* \textquoteleft (or '`'): Text symbols. (line 4500) +* \textquoteright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 4503) +* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 4506) +* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 4507) +* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 4510) +* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 4513) +* \textrm: Font styles. (line 473) +* \textsc: Font styles. (line 497) +* \textsf: Font styles. (line 494) +* \textsl: Font styles. (line 491) +* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 4398) +* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 4516) +* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 4519) +* \texttt: Font styles. (line 500) +* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 4522) +* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 4525) +* \textup: Font styles. (line 488) +* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 4528) * \textwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 768) + (line 779) * \th (th): Non-English characters. - (line 4615) + (line 4673) * \TH (TH): Non-English characters. - (line 4615) -* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 3883) -* \theta: Math symbols. (line 3499) -* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 1664) -* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 1671) -* \thinspace: \thinspace. (line 4017) -* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 3950) -* \tilde: Math accents. (line 3743) -* \times: Math symbols. (line 3502) -* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 577) -* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 3887) -* \to: Math symbols. (line 3505) -* \today: \today. (line 4639) -* \top: Math symbols. (line 3508) -* \topfraction: figure. (line 1230) + (line 4673) +* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 3937) +* \theta: Math symbols. (line 3553) +* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 1718) +* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 1725) +* \thinspace: \thinspace. (line 4075) +* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 4008) +* \tilde: Math accents. (line 3797) +* \times: Math symbols. (line 3556) +* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 588) +* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 3941) +* \to: Math symbols. (line 3559) +* \today: \today. (line 4697) +* \top: Math symbols. (line 3562) +* \topfraction: figure. (line 1241) * \topmargin: Page layout parameters. - (line 792) -* \topnumber: figure. (line 1255) -* \topsep: itemize. (line 1394) + (line 803) +* \topnumber: figure. (line 1266) +* \topsep: itemize. (line 1448) * \topskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 799) -* \totalheight: Predefined lengths. (line 2825) -* \totalnumber: figure. (line 1259) -* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 3511) -* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 3514) -* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 3517) -* \tt: Font styles. (line 566) -* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 496) -* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 679) -* \typein: \typein. (line 4979) -* \typeout: \typeout. (line 4993) -* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 4555) -* \unboldmath: Math formulas. (line 2940) -* \underbar: Accents. (line 4558) -* \underbrace{math}: Math miscellany. (line 3812) -* \underline{text}: Math miscellany. (line 3815) -* \unitlength: picture. (line 1496) -* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 3520) -* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 3523) -* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 3526) -* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 3529) -* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 3532) -* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 3535) -* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 3538) -* \upshape: Font styles. (line 484) -* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 3541) -* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 3544) -* \usebox: \usebox. (line 4255) -* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 2713) + (line 810) +* \totalheight: Predefined lengths. (line 2879) +* \totalnumber: figure. (line 1270) +* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 3565) +* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 3568) +* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 3571) +* \tt: Font styles. (line 570) +* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 500) +* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 690) +* \typein: \typein. (line 5040) +* \typeout: \typeout. (line 5054) +* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 4613) +* \unboldmath: Math formulas. (line 2994) +* \underbar: Accents. (line 4616) +* \underbrace{math}: Math miscellany. (line 3866) +* \underline{text}: Math miscellany. (line 3869) +* \unitlength: picture. (line 1550) +* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 3574) +* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 3577) +* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 3580) +* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 3583) +* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 3586) +* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 3589) +* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 3592) +* \upshape: Font styles. (line 488) +* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 3595) +* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 3598) +* \usebox: \usebox. (line 4313) +* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 2767) * \usefont: Low-level font commands. - (line 661) + (line 672) * \usepackage: Document class options. - (line 434) -* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 4565) -* \value: \value. (line 2724) -* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 3547) -* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 3550) -* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 3553) -* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 3556) -* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 3559) -* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 3562) -* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 3565) -* \vdots: Math miscellany. (line 3820) -* \vdots <1>: Math miscellany. (line 3821) -* \vec: Math accents. (line 3746) -* \vector: \vector. (line 1739) -* \vee: Math symbols. (line 3568) -* \verb: \verb. (line 2207) -* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 3571) -* \vert: Math symbols. (line 3574) -* \vfill: \vfill. (line 4084) -* \vline: \vline. (line 2052) -* \vspace: \vspace. (line 4091) -* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 3577) -* \widehat: Math accents. (line 3749) -* \widehat <1>: Math accents. (line 3752) -* \width: Predefined lengths. (line 2819) -* \wp: Math symbols. (line 3580) -* \wr: Math symbols. (line 3583) -* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 3586) -* \xi: Math symbols. (line 3589) -* \year: \day \month \year. (line 2767) -* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 3592) -* \[: Math formulas. (line 2927) -* \\ (for 'array'): array. (line 960) -* \\ (for 'center'): center. (line 992) -* \\ (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 1124) -* \\ (for 'flushright'): flushright. (line 1300) -* \\ (for '\shortstack' objects): \shortstack. (line 1734) -* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1798) -* \\ for 'flushleft': flushleft. (line 1274) -* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 4854) -* \\ for 'tabular': tabular. (line 1915) -* \\ for 'verse': verse. (line 2235) -* \\ for '\author': \maketitle. (line 3874) -* \\ for '\title': \maketitle. (line 3888) -* \\ force line break: \\. (line 2255) -* \\* (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 1129) -* \]: Math formulas. (line 2927) + (line 435) +* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 4623) +* \value: \value. (line 2778) +* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 3601) +* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 3604) +* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 3607) +* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 3610) +* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 3613) +* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 3616) +* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 3619) +* \vdots: Math miscellany. (line 3874) +* \vdots <1>: Math miscellany. (line 3875) +* \vec: Math accents. (line 3800) +* \vector: \vector. (line 1793) +* \vee: Math symbols. (line 3622) +* \verb: \verb. (line 2261) +* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 3625) +* \vert: Math symbols. (line 3628) +* \vfill: \vfill. (line 4142) +* \vline: \vline. (line 2106) +* \vspace: \vspace. (line 4149) +* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 3631) +* \widehat: Math accents. (line 3803) +* \widehat <1>: Math accents. (line 3806) +* \width: Predefined lengths. (line 2873) +* \wp: Math symbols. (line 3634) +* \wr: Math symbols. (line 3637) +* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 3640) +* \xi: Math symbols. (line 3643) +* \year: \day \month \year. (line 2821) +* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 3646) +* \[: Math formulas. (line 2981) +* \\ (for 'array'): array. (line 971) +* \\ (for 'center'): center. (line 1003) +* \\ (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 1135) +* \\ (for 'flushright'): flushright. (line 1354) +* \\ (for '\shortstack' objects): \shortstack. (line 1788) +* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1852) +* \\ for 'flushleft': flushleft. (line 1328) +* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 4915) +* \\ for 'tabular': tabular. (line 1969) +* \\ for 'verse': verse. (line 2289) +* \\ for '\author': \maketitle. (line 3928) +* \\ for '\title': \maketitle. (line 3942) +* \\ force line break: \\. (line 2309) +* \\* (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 1140) +* \]: Math formulas. (line 2981) * \^: Reserved characters. - (line 4286) -* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 4503) + (line 4344) +* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 4561) * \_: Reserved characters. - (line 4276) -* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 4507) -* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1825) + (line 4334) +* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 4565) +* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 1879) * \{: Reserved characters. - (line 4276) -* \|: Math symbols. (line 2967) + (line 4334) +* \|: Math symbols. (line 3021) * \}: Reserved characters. - (line 4276) + (line 4334) * \~: Reserved characters. - (line 4286) -* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 4513) + (line 4344) +* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 4571) * ^: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 2953) + (line 3007) * _: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 2953) -* {...} for required arguments: Overview. (line 325) + (line 3007) +* {...} for required arguments: Overview. (line 326) * a4paper option: Document class options. - (line 384) + (line 385) * a5paper option: Document class options. - (line 384) -* abstract environment: abstract. (line 929) -* array environment: array. (line 940) -* article class: Document classes. (line 361) + (line 385) +* abstract environment: abstract. (line 940) +* array environment: array. (line 951) +* article class: Document classes. (line 362) * b5paper option: Document class options. - (line 384) -* book class: Document classes. (line 361) -* center environment: center. (line 985) -* description environment: description. (line 1022) -* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 1045) -* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 2917) -* document environment: document. (line 1065) + (line 385) +* book class: Document classes. (line 362) +* center environment: center. (line 996) +* description environment: description. (line 1033) +* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 1056) +* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 2971) +* document environment: document. (line 1076) * draft option: Document class options. - (line 389) -* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 1071) -* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 1109) -* equation environment: equation. (line 1144) -* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 2917) + (line 390) +* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 1082) +* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 1120) +* equation environment: equation. (line 1155) +* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 2971) * executivepaper option: Document class options. - (line 384) -* figure: figure. (line 1157) + (line 385) +* figure: figure. (line 1168) +* filecontents: filecontents. (line 1279) * final option: Document class options. - (line 389) + (line 390) * fleqn option: Document class options. - (line 389) -* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 1268) -* flushright environment: flushright. (line 1294) -* indexspace: Indexes. (line 4814) -* itemize environment: itemize. (line 1320) + (line 390) +* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 1322) +* flushright environment: flushright. (line 1348) +* indexspace: Indexes. (line 4875) +* itemize environment: itemize. (line 1374) * landscape option: Document class options. - (line 389) -* latex command: Overview. (line 292) + (line 390) +* latex command: Overview. (line 293) * email address: About this document. - (line 252) + (line 253) * legalpaper option: Document class options. - (line 384) + (line 385) * leqno option: Document class options. - (line 389) -* letter: letter. (line 1422) -* letter class: Document classes. (line 361) + (line 390) +* letter: letter. (line 1476) +* letter class: Document classes. (line 362) * letterpaper option: Document class options. - (line 384) -* list: list. (line 1427) -* lR box: picture. (line 1552) -* lrbox: lrbox. (line 4140) -* lualatex command: Overview. (line 306) -* math environment: math. (line 1452) -* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 2917) -* minipage environment: minipage. (line 1464) + (line 385) +* list: list. (line 1481) +* lR box: picture. (line 1606) +* lrbox: lrbox. (line 4198) +* lualatex command: Overview. (line 307) +* math environment: math. (line 1506) +* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 2971) +* minipage environment: minipage. (line 1518) * notitlepage option: Document class options. - (line 389) + (line 390) * onecolumn option: Document class options. - (line 409) + (line 410) * oneside option: Document class options. - (line 409) + (line 410) * openany option: Document class options. - (line 409) + (line 410) * openbib option: Document class options. - (line 389) + (line 390) * openright option: Document class options. - (line 409) -* pdflatex command: Overview. (line 300) -* picture: picture. (line 1492) -* printindex: Indexes. (line 4810) -* quotation: quotation. (line 1750) -* quote: quote. (line 1765) -* report class: Document classes. (line 361) -* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 848) -* slides class: Document classes. (line 361) -* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 1780) -* table: table. (line 1871) -* tabular environment: tabular. (line 1898) -* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 4302) -* thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 2059) -* theorem environment: theorem. (line 2160) -* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 2173) + (line 410) +* pdflatex command: Overview. (line 301) +* picture: picture. (line 1546) +* printindex: Indexes. (line 4871) +* quotation: quotation. (line 1804) +* quote: quote. (line 1819) +* report class: Document classes. (line 362) +* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 859) +* slides class: Document classes. (line 362) +* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 1834) +* table: table. (line 1925) +* tabular environment: tabular. (line 1952) +* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 4360) +* thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 2113) +* theorem environment: theorem. (line 2214) +* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 2227) * titlepage option: Document class options. - (line 389) + (line 390) * twocolumn option: Document class options. - (line 409) + (line 410) * twoside option: Document class options. - (line 409) -* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 2190) -* verse environment: verse. (line 2224) -* xelatex command: Overview. (line 309) + (line 410) +* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 2244) +* verse environment: verse. (line 2278) +* xelatex command: Overview. (line 310) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml index cf7af065724..b83ec51dae9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml @@ -3,22 +3,22 @@ \input texinfo - + latex2e.info -May 2013 -&latex;2e reference manual (May 2013) +May 2014 +&latex;2e reference manual (May 2014) - + @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of May 2013. +document preparation system, version of May 2014. This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -37,15 +37,16 @@ George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The &latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges -using Hypertext Help with &latex;, by Sheldon Green, and the +using Hypertext Help with &latex;, by Sheldon Green, and &latex; Command Summary (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users Group as &tex;niques number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). -Copyright ©right; 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Karl Berry.&linebreak; -Copyright ©right; 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak; -Copyright ©right; 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. +Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, +2014 Karl Berry.&linebreak; +Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak; +Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice @@ -77,9 +78,8 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -&latex;: Structured documents for &tex; -unofficial &latex; reference manual -May 2013 +&latex;: An unofficial reference manual +May 2014 http://home.gna.org/latexrefman 0pt plus 1filll @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. &latex;2e This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version as of May 2013. It is +document preparation system, version as of May 2014. It is intended to cover &latex;2e, which has been the standard version of &latex; for many years. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ intended to cover &latex;2e, which has been the standard version of Overview
      What is &latex;?
       
      Starting & ending
      The standard beginning and end of a document.
       
      Document classes
      Some of the various classes available.
      -
      Typefaces
      And fonts, such as bold, italics etc.
      +
      Fonts
      Italic, bold, typewriter, etc.
       
      Layout
      Controlling the page layout.
       
      Sectioning
      How to section properly.
       
      Cross references
      Automatic referencing.
      @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ and the \begin{document} commands (this area is calle
       
       
       
      -Document classesTypefacesStarting & endingTop
      +Document classesFontsStarting & endingTop
       Document classes
       
       document classes
      @@ -458,8 +458,9 @@ by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
       
       
       
      -TypefacesLayoutDocument classesTop
      -Typefaces
      +FontsLayoutDocument classesTop
      +Fonts
      +Typefaces
       
       typefaces
       fonts
      @@ -474,7 +475,7 @@ and a style.  The &latex; commands for doing this are described here.
       
      -Font stylesFont sizesTypefaces +Font stylesFont sizesFonts
      Font styles font styles @@ -483,21 +484,22 @@ and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. The following type style commands are supported by &latex;. -This first group of commands is typically used like -\textit{italic text}. The corresponding command in -parenthesis is the &textldquo;declaration form&textrdquo;, which takes no arguments. The -scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command -or the end of the current group. +This first group of commands is typically used with an argument, as in +\textit{italic text}. In the table below, the corresponding +command in parenthesis is the &textldquo;declaration form&textrdquo;, which takes no +arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type +style command or the end of the current group. -The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either -\sffamily\bfseries or \bfseries\sffamily to get bold -sans serif. +These commands, in both the argument form and the declaration form, +are cumulative; e.g.,, you can say either \sffamily\bfseries or +\bfseries\sffamily to get bold sans serif. You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for instance, \begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}. -These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the -
      +These commands automatically supply an italic correction if needed. + +
      \textrm (\rmfamily) \textrm \rmfamily @@ -584,15 +586,17 @@ instance, \begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}
      \mathversion +math, bold +bold math In addition, the command \mathversion{bold} can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. \mathversion{normal} restores the default. \oldstylenums -numerals, old-style -old-style numerals -lining numerals -textcomp package +numerals, old-style +old-style numerals +lining numerals +textcomp package Finally, the command \oldstylenums{numerals} will typeset so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard &textldquo;lining&textrdquo; @@ -603,62 +607,70 @@ numerals also; sometimes the textcomp package must be loaded, and sometimes package options are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf. -&latex; also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to -the given style, that is, are not cumulative. They are used -differently than the above commands, too: {\cmd ...} -instead of \cmd{...}. These are two very different -things. +&latex; also provides the following commands, which unconditionally +switch to the given style, that is, are not cumulative. Also, +they are used differently than the above commands: {\cmd +...} instead of \cmd{...}. These are two very +different things. \bf\bf -bold font +bold font Switch to bold face. \cal\cal -script letters for math -calligraphic letters for math +script letters for math +calligraphic letters for math Switch to calligraphic letters for math. \em\em -emphasis +emphasis Emphasis (italics within roman, roman within italics). \it\it -italic font +italic font Italics. \rm\rm -roman font +roman font Roman. \sc\sc -small caps font +small caps font Small caps. \sf\sf -sans serif font +sans serif font Sans serif. \sl\sl -slanted font -oblique font +slanted font +oblique font Slanted (oblique). \tt\tt -typewriter font -monospace font -fixed-width font +typewriter font +monospace font +fixed-width font Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). +Some people consider the unconditional font-switching commands, such +as \tt, obsolete and only the cumulative commands +(\texttt) should be used. I (Karl) do not agree. There are +perfectly reasonable situations when an unconditional font switch is +precisely what you need to get the desired output; for one example, +descriptiondescription. Both sets of commands have +their place. + -Font sizesLow-level font commandsFont stylesTypefaces +Font sizesLow-level font commandsFont stylesFonts
      Font sizes -font sizes -typeface sizes -sizes of text +font sizes +typeface sizes +sizes of text The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font @@ -708,10 +720,10 @@ these commands; for instance, \begin{tiny}...\end{tin
      -Low-level font commandsFont sizesTypefaces +Low-level font commandsFont sizesFonts
      Low-level font commands -low-level font commands -font commands, low-level +low-level font commands +font commands, low-level These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available @@ -773,8 +785,8 @@ pt. The default \baselineskip for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the \fontsize. \baselinestretch -setspace package -double spacing +setspace package +double spacing The line spacing is also multiplied by the value of the \baselinestretch parameter when the type size changes; the default is 1. However, the best way to &textldquo;double space&textrdquo; a document, @@ -805,9 +817,9 @@ followed by \selectfont.
      -LayoutSectioningTypefacesTop +LayoutSectioningFontsTop Layout -layout commands +layout commands Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page. @@ -823,7 +835,7 @@ followed by \selectfont. \onecolumn\twocolumnLayout
      \onecolumn \onecolumn -one-column output +one-column output The \onecolumn declaration starts a new page and produces single-column output. This is the default. @@ -833,8 +845,8 @@ single-column output. This is the default. \twocolumn\flushbottom\onecolumnLayout
      \twocolumn \twocolumn -multicolumn text -two-column output +multicolumn text +two-column output Synopsis: @@ -904,7 +916,7 @@ page. \raggedbottomPage layout parameters\flushbottomLayout
      \raggedbottom \raggedbottom -stretch, omitting vertical +stretch, omitting vertical The \raggedbottom declaration makes all pages the natural height of the material on that page. No rubber lengths will be @@ -915,12 +927,12 @@ stretched. Page layout parameters\raggedbottomLayout
      Page layout parameters -page layout parameters -parameters, page layout -layout, page parameters for -header, parameters for -footer, parameters for -running header and footer +page layout parameters +parameters, page layout +layout, page parameters for +header, parameters for +footer, parameters for +running header and footer \headheight\headheight @@ -1000,7 +1012,7 @@ same as the font size, e.g., 10pt at 10pt. SectioningCross referencesLayoutTop Sectioning -sectioning +sectioning Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units: @@ -1036,7 +1048,7 @@ To handle this, the sectioning commands have an optional argument toctitle that, when given, specifies the text for these other places. -*-form of sectioning commands +*-form of sectioning commands Also, all sectioning commands have *-forms that print title as usual, but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of contents. For instance: @@ -1046,7 +1058,7 @@ entry in the table of contents. For instance: \appendix -appendix, creating +appendix, creating The \appendix command changes the way following sectional units are numbered. The \appendix command itself generates no text and does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this @@ -1060,7 +1072,7 @@ command is something like secnumdepth counter -section numbers, printing +section numbers, printing The secnumdepth counter controls printing of section numbers. The setting @@ -1076,7 +1088,7 @@ The setting Cross referencesEnvironmentsSectioningTop Cross references -cross references +cross references One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer the reader to them, as in &textldquo;See Figure 3 for more details.&textrdquo; @@ -1130,8 +1142,8 @@ a colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes: \pageref\ref\labelCross references
      \pageref{key} \pageref -cross referencing with page number -page number, cross referencing +cross referencing with page number +page number, cross referencing Synopsis: @@ -1148,11 +1160,11 @@ the place in the text where the corresponding \ref\pagerefCross references
      \ref{key} \ref -cross referencing, symbolic -section number, cross referencing -equation number, cross referencing -figure number, cross referencing -footnote number, cross referencing +cross referencing, symbolic +section number, cross referencing +equation number, cross referencing +figure number, cross referencing +footnote number, cross referencing Synopsis: @@ -1170,7 +1182,7 @@ such as the word &textlsquo;Section&textrsquo; or &textlsquo;Figure&textrsquo;, EnvironmentsLine breakingCross referencesTop Environments -environments +environments \begin \end @@ -1195,6 +1207,7 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: eqnarray
      Sequences of aligned equations.
       
      equation
      Displayed equation.
       
      figure
      Floating figures.
      +
      filecontents
      Writing multiple files from the source.
       
      flushleft
      Flushed left lines.
       
      flushright
      Flushed right lines.
       
      itemize
      Bulleted lists.
      @@ -1220,7 +1233,7 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner:
       
      abstract abstract environment -abstracts +abstracts Synopsis: @@ -1236,7 +1249,7 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: arraycenterabstractEnvironments
      array array environment -arrays, math +arrays, math Synopsis: @@ -1297,7 +1310,7 @@ namely \arrayrulewidth and \arraystretch.
      center center environment -centering text, environment for +centering text, environment for Synopsis: @@ -1323,7 +1336,7 @@ string \\. \centering \centering -centering text, declaration for +centering text, declaration for The \centering declaration corresponds to the center environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such @@ -1354,8 +1367,8 @@ second line \\
      description description environment -labelled lists, creating -description lists, creating +labelled lists, creating +description lists, creating Synopsis: @@ -1372,8 +1385,8 @@ second line \\ label is typeset in bold, flush right. The item text may contain multiple paragraphs. -bold typewriter, avoiding -typewriter labels in lists +bold typewriter, avoiding +typewriter labels in lists Another variation: since the bold style is applied to the labels, if you typeset a label in typewriter using \texttt, you&textrsquo;ll get bold typewriter: \item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]. This @@ -1428,7 +1441,7 @@ It is required in every &latex; document. <
      enumerate enumerate environment -lists of items, numbered +lists of items, numbered Synopsis: @@ -1490,12 +1503,12 @@ letters:
      eqnarray eqnarray environment -equations, aligning -aligning equations +equations, aligning +aligning equations -align environment, from amsmath -amsmath package, replacing eqnarray -Madsen, Lars +align environment, from amsmath +amsmath package, replacing eqnarray +Madsen, Lars First, a caveat: the eqnarray environment has some infelicities which cannot be overcome; the article &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars Madsen describes them in detail @@ -1524,7 +1537,7 @@ and consecutive items within a row separated by an &. meaning of not allowing a page break at that line. \nonumber -equation numbers, omitting +equation numbers, omitting An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a \nonumber command. Alternatively, The *-form of the environment (\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}) will @@ -1542,8 +1555,8 @@ zero width.
      equation equation environment -equations, environment for -formulas, environment for +equations, environment for +formulas, environment for Synopsis: @@ -1559,11 +1572,11 @@ on the page, and also places an equation number in the right margin.
      -figureflushleftequationEnvironments +figurefilecontentsequationEnvironments
      figure figure -inserting figures -figures, inserting +inserting figures +figures, inserting
      \begin{figure[*]}[placement]
      @@ -1580,8 +1593,8 @@ Figures will not be split between two pages.
       When typesetting in double-columns, the starred form produces a
       full-width figure (across both columns).
       
      -placement of floats
      -specifier, float placement
      +placement of floats
      +specifier, float placement
       The optional argument [placement] determines where &latex; will try
       to place your figure.  There are four places where &latex; can possibly
       put a float:
      @@ -1598,13 +1611,13 @@ output.  To ameliorate this, use the stfloats or
       FAQ: http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat.
       
       h
      -float package
      +float package
       (Here)&textmdash;at the position in the text where the figure environment
       appears.  However, this is not allowed by itself; t is
       automatically added.
       
      -here, putting floats
      -float package
      +here, putting floats
      +float package
       To absolutely force a figure to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can
       \usepackage{float} and use the H specifier which it
       defines.  For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at
      @@ -1694,11 +1707,69 @@ default 2.
       
       
       
      -flushleftflushrightfigureEnvironments +filecontentsflushleftfigureEnvironments +
      filecontents: Create external files +filecontents +external files, creating +writing external files + +Synopsis: + + +
      \begin{filecontents}{filename}
      +contents-of-file
      +\end{filecontents}
      +...
      +\documentclass{my-document-class}
      +
      + +initial command +\documentclass, commands before +The filecontents environment is an initial command, +meaning that it can be used only before the \documentclass +command, as in the synopsis above. + +&latex; will create a file named filename with the content +contents-of-file preceded by a header comment indicating how and +when the file was generated. If the file already exists then nothing will +happen. + +You can also use the filecontents package, which has the +following advantages: + + + +If the file already exists, then it will be overwritten. + + +You can use the filecontents environment at any point after the +declaration \usepackage{filecontents}, not just before +\documentclass. + + +The filecontents package also provides a filecontents* +environment which is used in the same way as the filecontents +environment except that it won&textrsquo;t insert any leading comment, so it is +better suited to create files which aren&textrsquo;t in &latex; format. + + + +The filecontents environment only creates the file, and is +unrelated to using the created file. So you need to use, for +instance, \input or \usepackage or \bibliography +or whatever is applicable, to use the created file. + +This environment is also useful to make a self-contained document, for +example, for a bug report, or to keep a .bib file with the main +document. + + +
      +flushleftflushrightfilecontentsEnvironments
      flushleft -flushleft environment -left-justifying text, environment for -ragged right text, environment for +flushleft environment +left-justifying text, environment for +ragged right text, environment for
      \begin{flushleft}
      @@ -1708,7 +1779,7 @@ default 2.
       \end{flushleft}
       
      -\\ for flushleft +\\ for flushleft The flushleft environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged right Each line must be terminated with the string \\. @@ -1720,10 +1791,10 @@ right Each line must be terminated with the string \\. \raggedrightflushleft \raggedright -\raggedright -ragged right text -left-justifying text -justification, ragged right +\raggedright +ragged right text +left-justifying text +justification, ragged right The \raggedright declaration corresponds to the flushleft environment. This declaration can be used inside an @@ -1740,9 +1811,9 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit.
      flushrightitemizeflushleftEnvironments
      flushright -flushright environment -ragged left text, environment for -right-justifying text, environment for +flushright environment +ragged left text, environment for +right-justifying text, environment for
      \begin{flushright}
      @@ -1752,7 +1823,7 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit.
       \end{flushright}
       
      -\\ (for flushright) +\\ (for flushright) The flushright environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. Each line must be terminated with the string \\. @@ -1764,10 +1835,10 @@ left. Each line must be terminated with the string \\. \raggedleftflushright \raggedleft -\raggedleft -ragged left text -justification, ragged left -right-justifying text +\raggedleft +ragged left text +justification, ragged left +right-justifying text The \raggedleft declaration corresponds to the flushright environment. This declaration can be used inside an @@ -1784,11 +1855,11 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit.
      itemizeletterflushrightEnvironments
      itemize -itemize environment -\item -lists of items -unordered lists -bulleted lists +itemize environment +\item +lists of items +unordered lists +bulleted lists Synopsis: @@ -1817,10 +1888,10 @@ There must be at least one \item command within the environment. . (centered dot, rendered here as a period) -\labelitemi -\labelitemii -\labelitemiii -\labelitemiv +\labelitemi +\labelitemii +\labelitemiii +\labelitemiv The itemize environment uses the commands \labelitemi through \labelitemiv to produce the default label. So, you can use \renewcommand to change the labels. For instance, to have @@ -1830,13 +1901,13 @@ the first level use diamonds:
      \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
       
      -\leftmargin -\leftmargini -\leftmarginii -\leftmarginiii -\leftmarginiv -\leftmarginv -\leftmarginvi +\leftmargin +\leftmargini +\leftmarginii +\leftmarginiii +\leftmarginiv +\leftmarginv +\leftmarginvi The \leftmargini through \leftmarginvi parameters define the distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the list. By convention, \leftmargin is set @@ -1855,20 +1926,20 @@ This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists: Some parameters that affect list formatting: -\itemindent\itemindent +\itemindent\itemindent Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero. -\labelsep\labelsep +\labelsep\labelsep Space between the label and text of an item; default .5em. -\labelwidth\labelwidth +\labelwidth\labelwidth Width of the label; default 2em, or 1.5em in two-column mode. -\listparindent\listparindent +\listparindent\listparindent Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within a list item; default 0pt. -\rightmargin\rightmargin +\rightmargin\rightmargin Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the enclosing environment; default 0pt, except in the quote, quotation, and verse environments, where it is set equal @@ -1880,23 +1951,23 @@ to \leftmargin. loose, by default). -\itemsep\itemsep +\itemsep\itemsep Vertical space between items. The default is 2pt plus1pt minus1pt for 10pt documents, 3pt plus2pt minus1pt for 11pt, and 4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt for 12pt. -\parsep\parsep +\parsep\parsep Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item. Defaults are the same as \itemsep. -\topsep\topsep +\topsep\topsep Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph. For top-level lists, the default is 8pt plus2pt minus4pt for 10pt documents, 9pt plus3pt minus5pt for 11pt, and 10pt plus4pt minus6pt for 12pt. These are reduced for nested lists. -\partopsep\partopsep +\partopsep\partopsep Extra space added to \topsep when the list environment starts a paragraph. The default is 2pt plus1pt minus1pt for 10pt documents, 3pt plus1pt minus1pt for 11pt, and 3pt @@ -1904,7 +1975,7 @@ plus2pt minus2pt for 12pt. -\parskip example +\parskip example Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide space between items. Here is an example defining an itemize* environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs @@ -1924,7 +1995,7 @@ within a single item (\parskip is not list-specific,
      letterlistitemizeEnvironments
      letter environment: writing letters -letter +letter This environment is used for creating letters. Letters. @@ -1932,8 +2003,8 @@ within a single item (\parskip is not list-specific,
      listmathletterEnvironments
      list -list -lists of items, generic +list +lists of items, generic The list environment is a generic environment which is used for defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in @@ -1964,8 +2035,8 @@ empty, i.e., {}, which leaves the default spacing. mathminipagelistEnvironments
      math -math environment -in-line formulas +math environment +in-line formulas Synopsis: @@ -1984,8 +2055,8 @@ running text. \(...\)) and $...$ are synonyms. minipagepicturemathEnvironments
      minipage -minipage environment -minipage, creating a +minipage environment +minipage, creating a
      \begin{minipage}[position][height][inner-pos]{width}
      @@ -2001,15 +2072,15 @@ other paragraph-making environments can be used inside a minipage.
       
       The arguments are the same as for \parbox (\parbox).
       
      -indentation of paragraphs, in minipage
      -paragraph indentation, in minipage
      -\parindent
      +indentation of paragraphs, in minipage
      +paragraph indentation, in minipage
      +\parindent
       By default, paragraphs are not indented in the minipage
       environment.  You can restore indentation with a command such as
       \setlength{\parindent}{1pc} command.
       
      -footnotes in figures
      -figures, footnotes in
      +footnotes in figures
      +figures, footnotes in
       Footnotes in a minipage environment are handled in a way that is
       particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables.  A
       \footnote or \footnotetext command puts the footnote at
      @@ -2025,9 +2096,9 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.
       picturequotationminipageEnvironments
       
      picture -picture -creating pictures -pictures, creating +picture +creating pictures +pictures, creating
      \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
      @@ -2035,7 +2106,7 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.
       \end{picture}
       
      -\unitlength +\unitlength The picture environment allows you to create just about any kind of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You tell &latex; where to put things in the picture by specifying @@ -2099,7 +2170,7 @@ command. The command picture, with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for various objects will be described below. -lR box +lR box The \put command creates an LR box. You can put anything that can go in an \mbox (\mbox) in the text argument of the \put command. When you do this, the reference point will @@ -2127,7 +2198,7 @@ be the lower left corner of the box. \circle\makebox (picture)picture \circle -\circle +\circle
      \circle[*]{diameter}
      @@ -2143,7 +2214,7 @@ draws a solid circle.
       
       \makebox (picture)\framebox (picture)\circlepicture
       \makebox
      -\makebox (picture)
      +\makebox (picture)
       
       \makebox(width,height)[position]{...}
       
      @@ -2175,7 +2246,7 @@ your text appears in.  You may select up to two of the following:
       
       \framebox (picture)\dashbox\makebox (picture)picture
       \framebox
      -\framebox
      +\framebox
       
       Synopsis:
       
      @@ -2187,8 +2258,8 @@ your text appears in.  You may select up to two of the following:
       section), except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box
       that it creates.
       
      -\fboxrule
      -\fboxsep
      +\fboxrule
      +\fboxsep
       The \framebox command produces a rule of thickness
       \fboxrule, and leaves a space \fboxsep between the rule
       and the contents of the box.
      @@ -2198,7 +2269,7 @@ and the contents of the box.
       \dashbox\frame\framebox (picture)picture
       \dashbox
       
      -\dashbox
      +\dashbox
       
       Draws a box with a dashed line.  Synopsis:
       
      @@ -2218,7 +2289,7 @@ multiples of the dlen.
       
       \frame\line\dashboxpicture
       \frame
      -\frame
      +\frame
       
       Synopsis:
       
      @@ -2234,7 +2305,7 @@ space is put between the frame and the object.
       
       \line\linethickness\framepicture
       \line
      -\line
      +\line
       
       Synopsis:
       
      @@ -2254,7 +2325,7 @@ see the curve2e and many many other packages on CTAN.
       
       \linethickness\thicklines\linepicture
       \linethickness
      -\linethickness
      +\linethickness
       
       The \linethickness{dim} command declares the thickness
       of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment to be
      @@ -2267,7 +2338,7 @@ circles, or the quarter circles drawn by \oval.
       
       \thicklines\thinlines\linethicknesspicture
       \thicklines
      -\thicklines
      +\thicklines
       
       The \thicklines command is an alternate line thickness for
       horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment;
      @@ -2277,7 +2348,7 @@ cf. \linethickness
       \thinlines\multiput\thicklinespicture
       \thinlines
      -\thinlines
      +\thinlines
       
       The \thinlines command is the default line thickness for
       horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment;
      @@ -2287,7 +2358,7 @@ cf. \linethickness
       \multiput\oval\thinlinespicture
       \multiput
      -\multiput
      +\multiput
       
       Synopsis:
       
      @@ -2303,7 +2374,7 @@ pattern across a picture.  obj is first placed at position
       
       \oval\put\multiputpicture
       \oval
      -\oval
      +\oval
       
       Synopsis:
       
      @@ -2335,7 +2406,7 @@ boxes with rounded corners.
       \put\shortstack\ovalpicture
       \put
       
      -\put
      +\put
       
       \put(x coord,y coord){ ...  }
       
      @@ -2346,7 +2417,7 @@ argument at the given coordinates.
       
       \shortstack\vector\putpicture
       \shortstack
      -\shortstack
      +\shortstack
       
       Synopsis:
       
      @@ -2366,14 +2437,14 @@ positions are:
       Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default)
       
       
      -\\ (for \shortstack objects)
      +\\ (for \shortstack objects)
       Objects are separated with \\.
       
       
       
       \vector\shortstackpicture
       \vector
      -\vector
      +\vector
       
       Synopsis:
       
      @@ -2391,10 +2462,10 @@ length and slope.  The x and y values must lie between
       quotationquotepictureEnvironments
       
      quotation -quotation -quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying -displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation -paragraph indentations in quoted text +quotation +quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying +displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation +paragraph indentations in quoted text Synopsis: @@ -2416,10 +2487,10 @@ normally. quotetabbingquotationEnvironments
      quote -quote -quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying -displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation -paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting +quote +quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying +displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation +paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting Snyopsis: @@ -2440,10 +2511,10 @@ blank line between text produces a new paragraph. tabbingtablequoteEnvironments
      tabbing -tabbing environment -tab stops, using -lining text up using tab stops -alignment via tabbing +tabbing environment +tab stops, using +lining text up using tab stops +alignment via tabbing Synopsis: @@ -2466,37 +2537,37 @@ environment. The following commands can be used inside a tabbing enviroment: -\\ (tabbing)\\ (tabbing) +\\ (tabbing)\\ (tabbing) End a line. -\= (tabbing)\= (tabbing) +\= (tabbing)\= (tabbing) Sets a tab stop at the current position. -\> (tabbing)\> (tabbing) -\> +\> (tabbing)\> (tabbing) +\> Advances to the next tab stop. -\<\< +\<\< Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. -\+\+ +\+\+ Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. -\-\- +\-\- Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. -\&textrsquo; (tabbing)\' (tabbing) +\&textrsquo; (tabbing)\' (tabbing) Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e. everything from the most recent \>, \<, \', \\, or \kill command, to the right of the previous column, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop. -\&textlsquo; (tabbing)\` (tabbing) +\&textlsquo; (tabbing)\` (tabbing) Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last column because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there. The \` command moves all the @@ -2505,29 +2576,29 @@ command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no \> or \' command between the \` and the command that ends the line. -\a (tabbing)\a (tabbing) -\a&textrsquo; (acute accent in tabbing) -\a&textlsquo; (grave accent in tabbing) -\a= (macron accent in tabbing) +\a (tabbing)\a (tabbing) +\a&textrsquo; (acute accent in tabbing) +\a&textlsquo; (grave accent in tabbing) +\a= (macron accent in tabbing) In a tabbing environment, the commands \=, \' and \` do not produce accents as usual (Accents). Instead, the commands \a=, \a' and \a` are used. -\kill\kill +\kill\kill Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like \\ except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of any \=, \+ or \- commands in that line remain in effect. -\poptabs\poptabs -\poptabs +\poptabs\poptabs +\poptabs Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last \pushtabs. -\pushtabs\pushtabs +\pushtabs\pushtabs Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a tabbing environment. -\tabbingsep\tabbingsep +\tabbingsep\tabbingsep Distance to left of tab stop moved by \'. @@ -2551,9 +2622,9 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ tabletabulartabbingEnvironments
      table -table -tables, creating -creating tables +table +tables, creating +creating tables Synopsis: @@ -2585,9 +2656,9 @@ you wish. The \caption command allows you to title your table.
      tabularthebibliographytableEnvironments
      tabular -tabular environment -lines in tables -lining text up in tables +tabular environment +lines in tables +lining text up in tables Synopsis: @@ -2611,7 +2682,7 @@ column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. -\\ for tabular +\\ for tabular \\ must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, except for the last, where it is optional&textmdash;unless an \hline command (to put a rule below the table) follows. @@ -2664,7 +2735,7 @@ column, you have to load the array package and use the >{...} specifier. -\extracolsep +\extracolsep An \extracolsep{wd} command in an &arobase;-expression causes an extra space of width wd to appear to the left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another \extracolsep command. @@ -2701,20 +2772,20 @@ which may contain another *-expression. -\arrayrulewidth\arrayrulewidth +\arrayrulewidth\arrayrulewidth Thickness of the rule created by |, \hline, and \vline in the tabular and array environments; the default is .4pt. -\arraystretch\arraystretch +\arraystretch\arraystretch Scaling of spacing between rows in the tabular and array environments; default is 1, for no scaling. -\doublerulesep\doublerulesep +\doublerulesep\doublerulesep Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by || in the tabular and array environments; default is 2pt. -\tabcolsep\tabcolsep +\tabcolsep\tabcolsep Half the width of the space between columns; default is 6pt. @@ -2732,7 +2803,7 @@ environment: \multicolumn\clinetabular \multicolumn -\multicolumn +\multicolumn Synopsis: @@ -2762,7 +2833,7 @@ for flushleft, r for flushright. The third mandatory argument, \cline\hline\multicolumntabular \cline -\cline +\cline Synopsis: @@ -2778,7 +2849,7 @@ which are specified in the mandatory argument. \hline\vline\clinetabular \hline -\hline +\hline The \hline command draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing tabular or array environment. It&textrsquo;s most @@ -2789,7 +2860,7 @@ of a table. \vline\hlinetabular \vline -\vline +\vline The \vline command will draw a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row. An \hfill command can be used to @@ -2802,8 +2873,8 @@ move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an thebibliographytheoremtabularEnvironments
      thebibliography -thebibliography -bibliography, creating (manually) +thebibliography +bibliography, creating (manually) Synopsis: @@ -2843,7 +2914,7 @@ less than 10 references, 99 for ones with less than 100, etc. \bibitem\citethebibliography \bibitem -\bibitem +\bibitem Synopsis: @@ -2868,7 +2939,7 @@ associated label. \cite\nocite\bibitemthebibliography \cite -\cite +\cite Synopsis: @@ -2889,7 +2960,7 @@ citation. For example, \cite[p.~314]{knuth} might pr \nociteUsing BibTeX\citethebibliography \nocite -\nocite +\nocite \nocite{key_list} @@ -2901,11 +2972,11 @@ which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the .aux file. Using BibTeX\nocitethebibliography Using Bib&tex; -using Bib&tex; -bib&tex;, using -bibliography, creating (automatically) -\bibliographystyle -\bibliography +using Bib&tex; +bib&tex;, using +bibliography, creating (automatically) +\bibliographystyle +\bibliography If you use the Bib&tex; program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of @@ -2952,8 +3023,8 @@ Bib&tex; format. Only the entries referred to via \cite and theoremtitlepagethebibliographyEnvironments
      theorem -theorem environment -theorems, typesetting +theorem environment +theorems, typesetting Synopsis: @@ -2973,9 +3044,9 @@ possibilities for n are described under \newtheorem titlepageverbatimtheoremEnvironments
      titlepage -titlepage environment -making a title page -title pages, creating +titlepage environment +making a title page +title pages, creating Synopsis: @@ -2999,12 +3070,12 @@ produce a standard title page without a titlepage environment. verbatimversetitlepageEnvironments
      verbatim -verbatim environment -verbatim text -simulating typed text -typed text, simulating -code, typesetting -computer programs, typesetting +verbatim environment +verbatim text +simulating typed text +typed text, simulating +code, typesetting +computer programs, typesetting Synopsis: @@ -3029,8 +3100,8 @@ effect that they would on a typewriter. \verbverbatim \verb -\verb -verbatim text, inline +\verb +verbatim text, inline Synopsis: @@ -3045,7 +3116,7 @@ including special characters and spaces, using the typewriter \verb* and the delimiter char, which begins and ends the verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in literal-text. -visible space +visible space The *-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a &textldquo;visible space&textrdquo; character. @@ -3058,8 +3129,8 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in literal-text. verseverbatimEnvironments
      verse -verse environment -poetry, an environment for +verse environment +poetry, an environment for Synopsis: @@ -3074,7 +3145,7 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in literal-text. The verse environment is designed for poetry, though you may find other uses for it. -\\ for verse +\\ for verse The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are not indented, and the text is not justified. Separate the lines of each stanza with \\, and use one or more blank lines to separate the @@ -3085,8 +3156,8 @@ stanzas. Line breakingPage breakingEnvironmentsTop Line breaking -line breaking -breaking lines +line breaking +breaking lines The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To @@ -3111,9 +3182,9 @@ some environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the \\\obeycr & \restorecrLine breaking
      \\[*][morespace] -\\ force line break -new line, starting -line break, forcing +\\ force line break +new line, starting +line break, forcing The \\ command tells &latex; to start a new line. It has an optional argument, morespace, that specifies how much extra @@ -3127,9 +3198,9 @@ except that it tells &latex; not to start a new page after the line.
      \obeycr & \restorecr\newline\\Line breaking
      \obeycr & \restorecr -\obeycr -\restorecr -new line, output as input +\obeycr +\restorecr +new line, output as input The \obeycr command makes a return in the input file (^^M, internally) the same as \\ (followed by @@ -3142,8 +3213,8 @@ in the output.
      \newline\- (hyphenation)\obeycr & \restorecrLine breaking
      \newline -\newline -new line, starting (paragraph mode) +\newline +new line, starting (paragraph mode) The \newline command breaks the line at the present point, with no stretching of the text before it. It can only be used in paragraph @@ -3153,8 +3224,8 @@ mode.
      \- (hyphenation)\fussy\newlineLine breaking
      \- (discretionary hyphen) -\- (hyphenation) -hyphenation, forcing +\- (hyphenation) +hyphenation, forcing The \- command tells &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. &latex; is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually @@ -3171,7 +3242,7 @@ that &latex; might otherwise have chosen.
      \fussy\sloppy\- (hyphenation)Line breaking
      \fussy -\fussy +\fussy The declaration \fussy (which is the default) makes &tex; picky about line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between @@ -3195,8 +3266,8 @@ interword spacing.
      \hyphenation\linebreak & \nolinebreak\sloppyLine breaking
      \hyphenation -\hyphenation -hyphenation, defining +\hyphenation +hyphenation, defining Synopsis: @@ -3219,10 +3290,10 @@ misses the hyphenations in these words):
      \linebreak & \nolinebreak\hyphenationLine breaking
      \linebreak & \nolinebreak -\linebreak -\nolinebreak -line breaks, forcing -line breaks, preventing +\linebreak +\nolinebreak +line breaks, forcing +line breaks, preventing Synopses: @@ -3245,8 +3316,8 @@ from a demand to a request. The priority must be a number from Page breakingFootnotesLine breakingTop Page breaking -page breaking -breaking pages +page breaking +breaking pages &latex; starts new pages asynchronously, when enough material has accumulated to fill up a page. Usually this happens automatically, @@ -3264,8 +3335,8 @@ but sometimes you may want to influence the breaks. \cleardoublepage\clearpagePage breaking
      \cleardoublepage -\cleardoublepage -starting on a right-hand page +\cleardoublepage +starting on a right-hand page The \cleardoublepage command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. @@ -3276,9 +3347,9 @@ In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand
      \clearpage\newpage\cleardoublepagePage breaking
      \clearpage -\clearpage -flushing floats and starting a page -starting a new page and clearing floats +\clearpage +flushing floats and starting a page +starting a new page and clearing floats The \clearpage command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. @@ -3287,9 +3358,9 @@ figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.
      \newpage\enlargethispage\clearpagePage breaking
      \newpage -\newpage -new page, starting -starting a new page +\newpage +new page, starting +starting a new page The \newpage command ends the current page, but does not clear floats (see \clearpage above). @@ -3298,8 +3369,8 @@ floats (see \clearpage above).
      \enlargethispage\pagebreak & \nopagebreak\newpagePage breaking
      \enlargethispage -\enlargethispage -enlarge current page +\enlargethispage +enlarge current page \enlargethispage{size} @@ -3317,10 +3388,10 @@ much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit
      \pagebreak & \nopagebreak\enlargethispagePage breaking
      \pagebreak & \nopagebreak -\pagebreak -\nopagebreak -page break, forcing -page break, preventing +\pagebreak +\nopagebreak +page break, forcing +page break, preventing Synopses: @@ -3344,7 +3415,7 @@ insistent the request is. FootnotesDefinitionsPage breakingTop Footnotes -footnotes, creating +footnotes, creating Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be produced with one command, the \footnote command. They can also be @@ -3362,7 +3433,7 @@ produced with two commands, the \footnotemark and the \footnote\footnotemarkFootnotes
      \footnote -\footnote +\footnote Synopsis: @@ -3383,7 +3454,7 @@ tables or in a tabular environment. (See following sections.)
      \footnotemark\footnotetext\footnoteFootnotes
      \footnotemark -\footnotemark +\footnotemark With no optional argument, the \footnotemark command puts the current footnote number in the text. This command can be used in @@ -3404,7 +3475,7 @@ markers referring to the same footnote with
      \footnotetextSymbolic footnotes\footnotemarkFootnotes
      \footnotetext -\footnotetext +\footnotetext Synopsis: @@ -3424,7 +3495,7 @@ appear in outer paragraph mode. Symbolic footnotesFootnote parameters\footnotetextFootnotes
      Symbolic footnotes -footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered +footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing numbers, redefine \thefootnote like this: @@ -3432,8 +3503,8 @@ numbers, redefine \thefootnote like this:
      \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
       
      -\fnsymbol, and footnotes -\&arobase;fnsymbol +\fnsymbol, and footnotes +\&arobase;fnsymbol The \fnsymbol command produces a predefined series of symbols (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol). If you want to use a different symbol as your footnote mark, you&textrsquo;ll need to also @@ -3444,17 +3515,17 @@ redefine \&arobase;fnsymbol. Footnote parametersSymbolic footnotesFootnotes
      Footnote parameters -footnote parameters -parameters, for footnotes +footnote parameters +parameters, for footnotes -\footnoterule\footnoterule +\footnoterule\footnoterule Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s footnotes. Default dimensions: 0.4pt thick (or wide), and 0.4\columnwidth long in the standard document classes (except slides, where it does not appear). -\footnotesep\footnotesep +\footnotesep\footnotesep The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote. By default, this is set to the normal strut for \footnotesize fonts (Font sizes), therefore there is no extra space between @@ -3468,7 +3539,7 @@ footnotes. This is 6.65pt for 10pt, 7.7pt DefinitionsCountersFootnotesTop Definitions -definitions +definitions &latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds. @@ -3488,10 +3559,10 @@ footnotes. This is 6.65pt for 10pt, 7.7pt\newcommand & \renewcommand\newcounterDefinitions
      \newcommand & \renewcommand -\newcommand -commands, defining new ones -defining a new command -new commands, defining +\newcommand +commands, defining new ones +defining a new command +new commands, defining \newcommand and \renewcommand define and redefine a command, respectively. Synopses: @@ -3503,7 +3574,7 @@ command, respectively. Synopses: * -*-form of defining new commands +*-form of defining new commands The *-form of these commands requires that the arguments not contain multiple paragraphs of text (not \long, in plain &tex; terms). @@ -3536,8 +3607,8 @@ text of the nth argument. \newcounter\newlength\newcommand & \renewcommandDefinitions
      \newcounter -\newcounter -counters, defining new +\newcounter +counters, defining new Synopsis: @@ -3557,8 +3628,8 @@ will be reset whenever countername is incremented.
      \newlength\newsavebox\newcounterDefinitions
      \newlength -\newlength -lengths, defining new +\newlength +lengths, defining new Synopsis: @@ -3578,7 +3649,7 @@ for more information about lengths in general.
      \newsavebox\newenvironment & \renewenvironment\newlengthDefinitions
      \newsavebox -\newsavebox +\newsavebox Synopsis: @@ -3593,11 +3664,11 @@ defined, to refer to a new bin for storing boxes.
      \newenvironment & \renewenvironment\newtheorem\newsaveboxDefinitions
      \newenvironment & \renewenvironment -\newenvironment -\renewenvironment -environments, defining -defining new environments -redefining environments +\newenvironment +\renewenvironment +environments, defining +defining new environments +redefining environments Synopses: @@ -3611,7 +3682,7 @@ defined, to refer to a new bin for storing boxes.
      * -*-form of environment commands +*-form of environment commands The *-form of these commands requires that the arguments (not the contents of the environment) not contain multiple paragraphs of text. @@ -3644,9 +3715,9 @@ may not contain any argument parameters. \newtheorem\newfont\newenvironment & \renewenvironmentDefinitions
      \newtheorem -\newtheorem -theorems, defining -defining new theorems +\newtheorem +theorems, defining +defining new theorems
      \newtheorem{newenv}{label}[within]
      @@ -3682,9 +3753,9 @@ not both.
       
      \newfont\protect\newtheoremDefinitions
      \newfont -\newfont -fonts, new commands for -defining new fonts +\newfont +fonts, new commands for +defining new fonts Synopsis: @@ -3703,10 +3774,10 @@ More commonly, fonts are defined in families through .fd files.
      \protect\newfontDefinitions
      \protect -\protect +\protect -fragile commands -moving arguments +fragile commands +moving arguments Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and many more are so-called fragile commands. When a fragile command is used in certain contexts, called moving arguments, it @@ -3718,7 +3789,7 @@ commands within the arguments must have their own \protect. &hyphenbreak;expressions in tabular and array environments (tabular). -robust commands +robust commands Commands which are not fragile are called robust. They must not be preceded by \protect. @@ -3736,8 +3807,8 @@ be preceded by \protect. CountersLengthsDefinitionsTop Counters -counters, a list of -variables, a list of +counters, a list of +variables, a list of Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment @@ -3773,22 +3844,22 @@ subsubsection instance, \alph{enumi}. -\alph\alph +\alph\alph prints counter using lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;, &enddots; -\Alph\Alph +\Alph\Alph uses uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; -\arabic\arabic +\arabic\arabic uses Arabic numbers: &textlsquo;1&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;2&textrsquo;, &enddots; -\roman\roman +\roman\roman uses lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; -\roman\roman +\roman\roman uses uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; -\fnsymbol\fnsymbol +\fnsymbol\fnsymbol prints the value of counter in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of counter must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. @@ -3800,8 +3871,8 @@ $\ast\ast$ $\dagger\dagger$ $\ddagger\ddagger$ The symbols mostly aren&textrsquo;t supported in Info, but here are the names: -
      asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel
      -double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger
      +
      asterisk(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel
      +double-asterisk(**) double-dagger double-ddagger
       
      @@ -3810,9 +3881,9 @@ double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger
      \usecounter\value\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbolCounters
      \usecounter{counter} -\usecounter -list items, specifying counter -numbered items, specifying counter +\usecounter +list items, specifying counter +numbered items, specifying counter Synopsis: @@ -3828,8 +3899,8 @@ the list items.
      \value\setcounter\usecounterCounters
      \value{counter} -\value -counters, getting value of +\value +counters, getting value of Synopsis: @@ -3850,9 +3921,9 @@ be used anywhere &latex; expects a number, for example:
      \setcounter\addtocounter\valueCounters
      \setcounter{counter}{value} -\setcounter -counters, setting -setting counters +\setcounter +counters, setting +setting counters Synopsis: @@ -3867,7 +3938,7 @@ be used anywhere &latex; expects a number, for example:
      \addtocounter\refstepcounter\setcounterCounters
      \addtocounter{counter}{value} -\addtocounter +\addtocounter The \addtocounter command increments counter by the amount specified by the value argument, which may be negative. @@ -3876,7 +3947,7 @@ amount specified by the value argument, which may be negative.
      \refstepcounter\stepcounter\addtocounterCounters
      \refstepcounter{counter} -\refstepcounter +\refstepcounter The \refstepcounter command works in the same way as \stepcounter \stepcounter, except it also defines the @@ -3886,7 +3957,7 @@ current \ref value to be the result of \thecounter.
      \stepcounter\day \month \year\refstepcounterCounters
      \stepcounter{counter} -\stepcounter +\stepcounter The \stepcounter command adds one to counter and resets all subsidiary counters. @@ -3895,9 +3966,9 @@ resets all subsidiary counters.
      \day \month \year\stepcounterCounters
      \day \month \year: Predefined counters -\day -\month -\year +\day +\month +\year &latex; defines counters for the day of the month (\day, 1&textndash;31), month of the year (\month, 1&textndash;12), and year @@ -3913,7 +3984,7 @@ current day (\today LengthsMaking paragraphsCountersTop Lengths -lengths, defining and using +lengths, defining and using A length is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a length as an argument. @@ -3930,8 +4001,8 @@ length as an argument. \setlength\addtolengthLengths
      \setlength{\len}{value} -\setlength -lengths, setting +\setlength +lengths, setting The \setlength sets the value of \len to the value argument, which can be expressed in any units that &latex; @@ -3942,8 +4013,8 @@ understands, i.e., inches (in), millimeters (mm), poin
      \addtolength\settodepth\setlengthLengths
      \addtolength{\len}{amount} -\addtolength -lengths, adding to +\addtolength +lengths, adding to The \addtolength command increments a &textldquo;length command&textrdquo; \len by the amount specified in the amount argument, which @@ -3953,7 +4024,7 @@ may be negative.
      \settodepth\settoheight\addtolengthLengths
      \settodepth -\settodepth +\settodepth \settodepth{\gnat}{text} @@ -3964,7 +4035,7 @@ equal to the depth of the text argument.
      \settoheight\settowidth\settodepthLengths
      \settoheight -\settoheight +\settoheight \settoheight{\gnat}{text} @@ -3976,7 +4047,7 @@ equal to the height of the text argument.
      \settowidthPredefined lengths\settoheightLengths
      \settowidth{\len}{text} -\settowidth +\settowidth The \settowidth command sets the value of the command \len to the width of the text argument. @@ -3985,20 +4056,20 @@ to the width of the text argument.
      Predefined lengths\settowidthLengths
      Predefined lengths -lengths, predefined -predefined lengths +lengths, predefined +predefined lengths \width -\width +\width \height -\height +\height \depth -\depth +\depth \totalheight -\totalheight +\totalheight These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands (Boxes). They specify the natural width, etc., of @@ -4013,8 +4084,8 @@ natural size, e.g., say Making paragraphsMath formulasLengthsTop Making paragraphs -making paragraphs -paragraphs +making paragraphs +paragraphs A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines&textmdash;lines not containing even a %. A blank line should not appear where a new @@ -4031,9 +4102,9 @@ a sectioning command. \indent\noindentMaking paragraphs
      \indent -\indent -\parindent -indent, forcing +\indent +\parindent +indent, forcing \indent produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of the \parindent length, the normal paragraph @@ -4048,8 +4119,8 @@ mode, otherwise 15pt for 10pt documents, 17pt \noindent\parskip\indentMaking paragraphs
      \noindent -\noindent -indent, suppressing +\noindent +indent, suppressing When used at the beginning of the paragraph, \noindent suppresses any paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in @@ -4059,8 +4130,8 @@ the middle of a paragraph.
      \parskipMarginal notes\noindentMaking paragraphs
      \parskip -\parskip -vertical space before paragraphs +\parskip +vertical space before paragraphs \parskip is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before each paragraph. The default is 0pt plus1pt. @@ -4069,10 +4140,10 @@ before each paragraph. The default is 0pt plus1pt.
      Marginal notes\parskipMaking paragraphs
      Marginal notes -marginal notes -notes in the margin -remarks in the margin -\marginpar +marginal notes +notes in the margin +remarks in the margin +\marginpar Synopsis: @@ -4096,8 +4167,8 @@ will be placed in the nearest margin for two-column layout. -\reversemarginpar -\normalmarginpar +\reversemarginpar +\normalmarginpar The command \reversemarginpar places subsequent marginal notes in the opposite (inside) margin. \normalmarginpar places them in the default position. @@ -4111,15 +4182,15 @@ hyphenation there by beginning the node with \hspace{0pt}These parameters affect the formatting of the note: -\marginparpush\marginparpush +\marginparpush\marginparpush Minimum vertical space between notes; default 7pt for 12pt documents, 5pt else. -\marginparsep\marginparsep +\marginparsep\marginparsep Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default 11pt for 10pt documents, 10pt else. -\marginparwidth\marginparwidth +\marginparwidth\marginparwidth Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided 10pt document is 90pt, 83pt for 11pt, and 68pt for 12pt; 17pt more in each case for a two-sided document. @@ -4138,13 +4209,13 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. Math formulasModesMaking paragraphsTop Math formulas -math formulas -formulas, math -math mode, entering +math formulas +formulas, math +math mode, entering -math environment -displaymath environment -equation environment +math environment +displaymath environment +equation environment There are three environments that put &latex; in math mode:
      @@ -4157,10 +4228,10 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. number in the right margin.
      -\( -\) -\[ -\] +\( +\) +\[ +\] The math environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but the displaymath and equation environments can be used only in paragraph mode. The math and displaymath @@ -4171,7 +4242,7 @@ environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
      -$ +$ In fact, the math environment is so common that it has an even shorter form: @@ -4179,15 +4250,15 @@ shorter form:
      $ ... $   instead of   \(...\)
       
      -\boldmath -\unboldmath +\boldmath +\unboldmath The \boldmath command changes math letters and symbols to be in a bold font. It is used outside of math mode. Conversely, the \unboldmath command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too is used outside of math mode. -\displaystyle +\displaystyle The \displaystyle declaration forces the size and style of the formula to be that of displaymath, e.g., with limits above and below summations. For example @@ -4209,11 +4280,11 @@ below summations. For example Subscripts & superscriptsMath symbolsMath formulas
      Subscripts & superscripts -superscript -subscript -exponent -_ -^ +superscript +subscript +exponent +_ +^ To get an expression exp to appear as a subscript, you just type _{exp}. To get exp to appear as a @@ -4226,9 +4297,9 @@ superscript.
      Math symbolsMath functionsSubscripts & superscriptsMath formulas
      Math symbols -math symbols -symbols, math -greek letters +math symbols +symbols, math +greek letters &latex; provides almost any mathematical symbol you&textrsquo;re likely to need. The commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. @@ -4236,635 +4307,635 @@ For example, if you include $\pi$ in your source, you will get the pi symbol (\pi) in your output. -\|\| +\|\| \| -\aleph\aleph +\aleph\aleph \aleph -\alpha\alpha +\alpha\alpha \alpha -\amalg\amalg +\amalg\amalg \amalg (binary operation) -\angle\angle +\angle\angle \angle -\approx\approx +\approx\approx \approx (relation) -\ast\ast +\ast\ast \ast (binary operation) -\asymp\asymp +\asymp\asymp \asymp (relation) -\backslash\backslash +\backslash\backslash \ (delimiter) -\beta\beta +\beta\beta \beta -\bigcap\bigcap +\bigcap\bigcap \bigcap -\bigcirc\bigcirc +\bigcirc\bigcirc \bigcirc (binary operation) -\bigcup\bigcup +\bigcup\bigcup \bigcup -\bigodot\bigodot +\bigodot\bigodot \bigodot -\bigoplus\bigoplus +\bigoplus\bigoplus \bigoplus -\bigotimes\bigotimes +\bigotimes\bigotimes \bigotimes -\bigtriangledown\bigtriangledown +\bigtriangledown\bigtriangledown \bigtriangledown (binary operation) -\bigtriangleup\bigtriangleup +\bigtriangleup\bigtriangleup \bigtriangleup (binary operation) -\bigsqcup\bigsqcup +\bigsqcup\bigsqcup \bigsqcup -\biguplus\biguplus +\biguplus\biguplus \biguplus -\bigcap\bigcap +\bigcap\bigcap \bigvee -\bigwedge\bigwedge +\bigwedge\bigwedge \bigwedge -\bot\bot +\bot\bot \bot -\bowtie\bowtie +\bowtie\bowtie \bowtie (relation) -\Box\Box +\Box\Box (square open box symbol) -\bullet\bullet -bullet symbol +\bullet\bullet +bullet symbol \bullet (binary operation) -\cap\cap +\cap\cap \cap (binary operation) -\cdot\cdot +\cdot\cdot \cdot (binary operation) -\chi\chi +\chi\chi \chi -\circ\circ +\circ\circ \circ (binary operation) -\clubsuit\clubsuit +\clubsuit\clubsuit \clubsuit -\cong\cong +\cong\cong \cong (relation) -\coprod\coprod +\coprod\coprod \coprod -\cup\cup +\cup\cup \cup (binary operation) -\dagger\dagger +\dagger\dagger \dagger (binary operation) -\dashv\dashv +\dashv\dashv \dashv (relation) -\ddagger\ddagger +\ddagger\ddagger \dagger (binary operation) -\Delta\Delta +\Delta\Delta \Delta -\delta\delta +\delta\delta \delta -\Diamond\Diamond +\Diamond\Diamond bigger \diamond -\diamond\diamond +\diamond\diamond \diamond (binary operation) -\diamondsuit\diamondsuit +\diamondsuit\diamondsuit \diamondsuit -\div\div +\div\div \div (binary operation) -\doteq\doteq +\doteq\doteq \doteq (relation) -\downarrow\downarrow +\downarrow\downarrow \downarrow (delimiter) -\Downarrow\Downarrow +\Downarrow\Downarrow \Downarrow (delimiter) -\ell\ell +\ell\ell \ell -\emptyset\emptyset +\emptyset\emptyset \emptyset -\epsilon\epsilon +\epsilon\epsilon \epsilon -\equiv\equiv +\equiv\equiv \equiv (relation) -\eta\eta +\eta\eta \eta -\exists\exists +\exists\exists \exists -\flat\flat +\flat\flat \flat -\forall\forall +\forall\forall \forall -\frown\frown +\frown\frown \frown (relation) -\Gamma\Gamma +\Gamma\Gamma \Gamma -\gamma\gamma +\gamma\gamma \gamma -\ge\ge +\ge\ge \ge -\geq\geq +\geq\geq \geq (relation) -\gets\gets +\gets\gets \gets -\gg\gg +\gg\gg \gg (relation) -\hbar\hbar +\hbar\hbar \hbar -\heartsuit\heartsuit +\heartsuit\heartsuit \heartsuit -\hookleftarrow\hookleftarrow +\hookleftarrow\hookleftarrow \hookleftarrow -\hookrightarrow\hookrightarrow +\hookrightarrow\hookrightarrow \hookrightarrow -\iff\iff +\iff\iff \iff -\Im\Im +\Im\Im \Im -\in\in +\in\in \in (relation) -\infty\infty +\infty\infty \infty -\int\int +\int\int \int -\iota\iota +\iota\iota \iota -\Join\Join +\Join\Join condensed bowtie symbol (relation) -\kappa\kappa +\kappa\kappa \kappa -\Lambda\Lambda +\Lambda\Lambda \Lambda -\lambda\lambda +\lambda\lambda \lambda -\land\land +\land\land \land -\langle\langle +\langle\langle \langle (delimiter) -\lbrace\lbrace +\lbrace\lbrace \lbrace (delimiter) -\lbrack\lbrack +\lbrack\lbrack \lbrack (delimiter) -\lceil\lceil +\lceil\lceil \lceil (delimiter) -\le\le +\le\le \le -\leadsto\leadsto +\leadsto\leadsto -\Leftarrow\Leftarrow +\Leftarrow\Leftarrow \Leftarrow -\leftarrow\leftarrow +\leftarrow\leftarrow \leftarrow -\leftharpoondown\leftharpoondown +\leftharpoondown\leftharpoondown \leftharpoondown -\leftharpoonup\leftharpoonup +\leftharpoonup\leftharpoonup \leftharpoonup -\Leftrightarrow\Leftrightarrow +\Leftrightarrow\Leftrightarrow \Leftrightarrow -\leftrightarrow\leftrightarrow +\leftrightarrow\leftrightarrow \leftrightarrow -\leq\leq +\leq\leq \leq (relation) -\lfloor\lfloor +\lfloor\lfloor \lfloor (delimiter) -\lhd\lhd +\lhd\lhd (left-pointing arrow head) -\ll\ll +\ll\ll \ll (relation) -\lnot\lnot +\lnot\lnot \lnot -\longleftarrow\longleftarrow +\longleftarrow\longleftarrow \longleftarrow -\longleftrightarrow\longleftrightarrow +\longleftrightarrow\longleftrightarrow \longleftrightarrow -\longmapsto\longmapsto +\longmapsto\longmapsto \longmapsto -\longrightarrow\longrightarrow +\longrightarrow\longrightarrow \longrightarrow -\lor\lor +\lor\lor \lor -\mapsto\mapsto +\mapsto\mapsto \mapsto -\mho\mho +\mho\mho -\mid\mid +\mid\mid \mid (relation) -\models\models +\models\models \models (relation) -\mp\mp +\mp\mp \mp (binary operation) -\mu\mu +\mu\mu \mu -\nabla\nabla +\nabla\nabla \nabla -\natural\natural +\natural\natural \natural -\ne\ne +\ne\ne \ne -\nearrow\nearrow +\nearrow\nearrow \nearrow -\neg\neg +\neg\neg \neg -\neq\neq +\neq\neq \neq (relation) -\ni\ni +\ni\ni \ni (relation) -\not\not +\not\not Overstrike a following operator with a /, as in \not=. -\notin\notin +\notin\notin \ni -\nu\nu +\nu\nu \nu -\nwarrow\nwarrow +\nwarrow\nwarrow \nwarrow -\odot\odot +\odot\odot \odot (binary operation) -\oint\oint +\oint\oint \oint -\Omega\Omega +\Omega\Omega \Omega -\omega\omega +\omega\omega \omega -\ominus\ominus +\ominus\ominus \ominus (binary operation) -\oplus\oplus +\oplus\oplus \oplus (binary operation) -\oslash\oslash +\oslash\oslash \oslash (binary operation) -\otimes\otimes +\otimes\otimes \otimes (binary operation) -\owns\owns +\owns\owns \owns -\parallel\parallel +\parallel\parallel \parallel (relation) -\partial\partial +\partial\partial \partial -\perp\perp +\perp\perp \perp (relation) -\phi\phi +\phi\phi \phi -\Pi\Pi +\Pi\Pi \Pi -\pi\pi +\pi\pi \pi -\pm\pm +\pm\pm \pm (binary operation) -\prec\prec +\prec\prec \prec (relation) -\preceq\preceq +\preceq\preceq \preceq (relation) -\prime\prime +\prime\prime \prime -\prod\prod +\prod\prod \prod -\propto\propto +\propto\propto \propto (relation) -\Psi\Psi +\Psi\Psi \Psi -\psi\psi +\psi\psi \psi -\rangle\rangle +\rangle\rangle \rangle (delimiter) -\rbrace\rbrace +\rbrace\rbrace \rbrace (delimiter) -\rbrack\rbrack +\rbrack\rbrack \rbrack (delimiter) -\rceil\rceil +\rceil\rceil \rceil (delimiter) -\Re\Re +\Re\Re \Re -\rfloor\rfloor +\rfloor\rfloor \rfloor -\rhd\rhd +\rhd\rhd (binary operation) -\rho\rho +\rho\rho \rho -\Rightarrow\Rightarrow +\Rightarrow\Rightarrow \Rightarrow -\rightarrow\rightarrow +\rightarrow\rightarrow \rightarrow -\rightharpoondown\rightharpoondown +\rightharpoondown\rightharpoondown \rightharpoondown -\rightharpoonup\rightharpoonup +\rightharpoonup\rightharpoonup \rightharpoonup -\rightleftharpoons\rightleftharpoons +\rightleftharpoons\rightleftharpoons \rightleftharpoons -\searrow\searrow +\searrow\searrow \searrow -\setminus\setminus +\setminus\setminus \setminus (binary operation) -\sharp\sharp +\sharp\sharp \sharp -\Sigma\Sigma +\Sigma\Sigma \Sigma -\sigma\sigma +\sigma\sigma \sigma -\sim\sim +\sim\sim \sim (relation) -\simeq\simeq +\simeq\simeq \simeq (relation) -\smallint\smallint +\smallint\smallint \smallint -\smile\smile +\smile\smile \smile (relation) -\spadesuit\spadesuit +\spadesuit\spadesuit \spadesuit -\sqcap\sqcap +\sqcap\sqcap \sqcap (binary operation) -\sqcup\sqcup +\sqcup\sqcup \sqcup (binary operation) -\sqsubset\sqsubset +\sqsubset\sqsubset (relation) -\sqsubseteq\sqsubseteq +\sqsubseteq\sqsubseteq \sqsubseteq (relation) -\sqsupset\sqsupset +\sqsupset\sqsupset (relation) -\sqsupseteq\sqsupseteq +\sqsupseteq\sqsupseteq \sqsupseteq (relation) -\star\star +\star\star \star (binary operation) -\subset\subset +\subset\subset \subset (relation) -\subseteq\subseteq +\subseteq\subseteq \subseteq (relation) -\succ\succ +\succ\succ \succ (relation) -\succeq\succeq +\succeq\succeq \succeq (relation) -\sum\sum +\sum\sum \sum -\supset\supset +\supset\supset \supset (relation) -\supseteq\supseteq +\supseteq\supseteq \supseteq (relation) -\surd\surd +\surd\surd \surd -\swarrow\swarrow +\swarrow\swarrow \swarrow -\tau\tau +\tau\tau \tau -\theta\theta +\theta\theta \theta -\times\times +\times\times \times (binary operation) -\to\to +\to\to \to -\top\top +\top\top \top -\triangle\triangle +\triangle\triangle \triangle -\triangleleft\triangleleft +\triangleleft\triangleleft \triangleleft (binary operation) -\triangleright\triangleright +\triangleright\triangleright \triangleright (binary operation) -\unlhd\unlhd +\unlhd\unlhd left-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) -\unrhd\unrhd +\unrhd\unrhd right-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) -\Uparrow\Uparrow +\Uparrow\Uparrow \Uparrow (delimiter) -\uparrow\uparrow +\uparrow\uparrow \uparrow (delimiter) -\Updownarrow\Updownarrow +\Updownarrow\Updownarrow \Updownarrow (delimiter) -\updownarrow\updownarrow +\updownarrow\updownarrow \updownarrow (delimiter) -\uplus\uplus +\uplus\uplus \uplus (binary operation) -\Upsilon\Upsilon +\Upsilon\Upsilon \Upsilon -\upsilon\upsilon +\upsilon\upsilon \upsilon -\varepsilon\varepsilon +\varepsilon\varepsilon \varepsilon -\varphi\varphi +\varphi\varphi \varphi -\varpi\varpi +\varpi\varpi \varpi -\varrho\varrho +\varrho\varrho \varrho -\varsigma\varsigma +\varsigma\varsigma \varsigma -\vartheta\vartheta +\vartheta\vartheta \vartheta -\vdash\vdash +\vdash\vdash \vdash (relation) -\vee\vee +\vee\vee \vee (binary operation) -\Vert\Vert +\Vert\Vert \Vert (delimiter) -\vert\vert +\vert\vert \vert (delimiter) -\wedge\wedge +\wedge\wedge \wedge (binary operation) -\wp\wp +\wp\wp \wp -\wr\wr +\wr\wr \wr (binary operation) -\Xi\Xi +\Xi\Xi \Xi -\xi\xi +\xi\xi \xi -\zeta\zeta +\zeta\zeta \zeta @@ -4873,113 +4944,113 @@ the pi symbol (\pi) in your output.
      Math functionsMath accentsMath symbolsMath formulas
      Math functions -math functions -functions, math +math functions +functions, math These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper spacing. -\arccos\arccos +\arccos\arccos \arccos -\arcsin\arcsin +\arcsin\arcsin \arcsin -\arctan\arctan +\arctan\arctan \arctan -\arg\arg +\arg\arg \arg -\bmod\bmod +\bmod\bmod Binary modulo operator (x \bmod y) -\cos\cos +\cos\cos \cos -\cosh\cosh +\cosh\cosh \cosh -\cot\cot +\cot\cot \cos -\coth\coth +\coth\coth \cosh -\csc\csc +\csc\csc \csc -\deg\deg +\deg\deg \deg -\det\det +\det\det \deg -\dim\dim +\dim\dim \dim -\exp\exp +\exp\exp \exp -\gcd\gcd +\gcd\gcd \gcd -\hom\hom +\hom\hom \hom -\inf\inf +\inf\inf \inf -\ker\ker +\ker\ker \ker -\lg\lg +\lg\lg \lg -\lim\lim +\lim\lim \lim -\liminf\liminf +\liminf\liminf \liminf -\limsup\limsup +\limsup\limsup \limsup -\ln\ln +\ln\ln \ln -\log\log +\log\log \log -\max\max +\max\max \max -\min\min +\min\min \min -\pmod\pmod +\pmod\pmod parenthesized modulus, as in (\pmod 2^n - 1) -\Pr\Pr +\Pr\Pr \Pr -\sec\sec +\sec\sec \sec -\sin\sin +\sin\sin \sin -\sinh\sinh +\sinh\sinh \sinh -\sup\sup +\sup\sup \sup -\tan\tan +\tan\tan \tan -\tanh\tanh +\tanh\tanh \tanh @@ -4988,76 +5059,76 @@ spacing.
      Math accentsSpacing in math modeMath functionsMath formulas
      Math accents -math accents -accents, mathematical +math accents +accents, mathematical &latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in math. These are different from accents in normal text (Accents). -\acute\acute -acute accent, math +\acute\acute +acute accent, math Math acute accent: \acute{x}. -\bar\bar -bar-over accent, math -macron accent, math +\bar\bar +bar-over accent, math +macron accent, math Math bar-over accent: \bar{x}. -\breve\breve -breve accent, math +\breve\breve +breve accent, math Math breve accent: \breve{x}. -\check\check -check accent, math -hacek accent, math +\check\check +check accent, math +hacek accent, math Math hacek (check) accent: \check{x}. -\ddot\ddot -double dot accent, math +\ddot\ddot +double dot accent, math Math dieresis accent: \ddot{x}. -\dot\dot -overdot accent, math -dot over accent, math +\dot\dot +overdot accent, math +dot over accent, math Math dot accent: \dot{x}. -\grave\grave -grave accent, math +\grave\grave +grave accent, math Math grave accent: \grave{x}. -\hat\hat -hat accent, math -circumflex accent, math +\hat\hat +hat accent, math +circumflex accent, math Math hat (circumflex) accent: \hat{x}. -\imath\imath -dotless i, math +\imath\imath +dotless i, math Math dotless i. -\jmath\jmath -dotless j, math +\jmath\jmath +dotless j, math Math dotless j. -\mathring\mathring -ring accent, math +\mathring\mathring +ring accent, math Math ring accent: x. -\tilde\tilde -tilde accent, math +\tilde\tilde +tilde accent, math Math tilde accent: \tilde{x}. -\vec\vec -vector symbol, math +\vec\vec +vector symbol, math Math vector symbol: \vec{x}. -\widehat\widehat -wide hat accent, math +\widehat\widehat +wide hat accent, math Math wide hat accent: \widehat{x+y}. -\widehat\widehat -wide tile accent, math +\widehat\widehat +wide tile accent, math Math wide tilde accent: \widetilde{x+y}. @@ -5066,8 +5137,8 @@ in math. These are different from accents in normal text
      Spacing in math modeMath miscellanyMath accentsMath formulas
      Spacing in math mode -spacing within math mode -math mode, spacing +spacing within math mode +math mode, spacing In a math environment, &latex; ignores the spaces you type and puts in the spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics @@ -5076,15 +5147,15 @@ commands for use in math mode: \; -\; +\; A thick space (5\over18\,quad). \: \> -\: -\> +\: +\> Both of these produce a medium space (2\over9\,quad). \, -\, +\, A thin space (1\over6\,quad); not restricted to math mode. \! A negative thin space (-{1\over6}\,quad). @@ -5094,46 +5165,46 @@ commands for use in math mode: Math miscellanySpacing in math modeMath formulas
      Math miscellany -math miscellany +math miscellany -\*\* -discretionary multiplication -multiplication symbol, discretionary line break +\*\* +discretionary multiplication +multiplication symbol, discretionary line break A &textldquo;discretionary&textrdquo; multiplication symbol, at which a line break is allowed. -\cdots\cdots +\cdots\cdots A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. As in: &textlsquo;$\cdots$&textrsquo;. -\ddots\ddots +\ddots\ddots A diagonal ellipsis: \ddots. -\frac{num}{den}\frac{num}{den} -\frac +\frac{num}{den}\frac{num}{den} +\frac Produces the fraction num divided by den. -\left delim1 ... \right delim2\left delim1 ... \right delim2 -\right -null delimiter +\left delim1 ... \right delim2\left delim1 ... \right delim2 +\right +null delimiter The two delimiters need not match; . acts as a null delimiter, producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the math in between. Example: \left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]. -\overbrace{text}\overbrace{text} +\overbrace{text}\overbrace{text} Generates a brace over text. For example, \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}. -\overline{text}\overline{text} +\overline{text}\overline{text} Generates a horizontal line over tex. For exampe, \overline{x+y}. -\sqrt[root]{arg}\sqrt[root]{arg} +\sqrt[root]{arg}\sqrt[root]{arg} Produces the representation of the square root of arg. The optional argument root determines what root to produce. For example, the cube root of x+y would be typed as @@ -5143,7 +5214,7 @@ In &tex;, the result looks like this: $\root 3 \of x+y$. -\stackrel{text}{relation}\stackrel{text}{relation} +\stackrel{text}{relation}\stackrel{text}{relation} Puts text above relation. For example, \stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}. @@ -5151,14 +5222,14 @@ In &tex;, the result looks like this: $\buildrel f \over \longrightarrow$. -\underbrace{math}\underbrace{math} +\underbrace{math}\underbrace{math} Generates math with a brace underneath. In &tex;, the result looks like this: $\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}$. -\underline{text}\underline{text} +\underline{text}\underline{text} Causes text, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. @@ -5167,8 +5238,8 @@ In &tex;, the result looks like this: $\underline{xyz}$ -\vdots\vdots -\vdots +\vdots\vdots +\vdots Produces a vertical ellipsis. In &tex;, the result looks like this: @@ -5182,11 +5253,11 @@ $\vdots$. ModesPage stylesMath formulasTop Modes -modes -paragraph mode -math mode -left-to-right mode -lR mode +modes +paragraph mode +math mode +left-to-right mode +lR mode When &latex; is processing your input text, it is always in one of three @@ -5232,8 +5303,8 @@ in, is called &textldquo;outer paragraph mode&textrdquo;. Page stylesSpacesModesTop Page styles -styles, page -page styles +styles, page +page styles The \documentclass command determines the size and position of the page&textrsquo;s head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. @@ -5248,8 +5319,8 @@ the page&textrsquo;s head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them \maketitle\pagenumberingPage styles
      \maketitle -titles, making -\maketitle +titles, making +\maketitle The \maketitle command generates a title on a separate title page&textmdash;except in the article class, where the title is placed @@ -5257,30 +5328,30 @@ at the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is obtained from the following declarations: -\author{name \and name2}\author{name \and name2} -author, for titlepage -\\ for \author -\and for \author +\author{name \and name2}\author{name \and name2} +author, for titlepage +\\ for \author +\and for \author The \author command declares the document author(s), where the argument is a list of authors separated by \and commands. Use \\ to separate lines within a single author&textrsquo;s entry&textmdash;for example, to give the author&textrsquo;s institution or address. -\date{text}\date{text} -date, for titlepage +\date{text}\date{text} +date, for titlepage The \date command declares text to be the document&textrsquo;s date. With no \date command, the current date (\today) is used. -\thanks{text}\thanks{text} -thanks, for titlepage -credit footnote +\thanks{text}\thanks{text} +thanks, for titlepage +credit footnote The \thanks command produces a \footnote to the title, usually used for credit acknowledgements. -\title{text}\title{text} -title, for titlepage -\\ for \title +\title{text}\title{text} +title, for titlepage +\\ for \title The \title command declares text to be the title of the document. Use \\ to force a line break, as usual. @@ -5290,8 +5361,8 @@ document. Use \\ to force a line break, as usual.
      \pagenumbering\pagestyle\maketitlePage styles
      \pagenumbering -\pagenumbering -page numbering style +\pagenumbering +page numbering style Synopsis: @@ -5304,13 +5375,17 @@ document. Use \\ to force a line break, as usual.
      arabic arabic numerals -roman + +roman lowercase Roman numerals -Roman + +Roman uppercase Roman numerals -alph + +alph lowercase letters -Alph + +Alph uppercase letters
      @@ -5318,10 +5393,10 @@ document. Use \\ to force a line break, as usual.
      \pagestyle\thispagestyle\pagenumberingPage styles
      \pagestyle -\pagestyle -header style -footer style -running header and footer style +\pagestyle +header style +footer style +running header and footer style Synopsis: @@ -5352,15 +5427,15 @@ goes in the headers. Here are the descriptions of \markboth and \markright: -\markboth{left}{right}\markboth{left}{right} +\markboth{left}{right}\markboth{left}{right} Sets both the left and the right heading. A &textldquo;left-hand heading&textrdquo; (left) is generated by the last \markboth command before -the end of the page, while a &textldquo;right-hand heading&textrdquo; (right is +the end of the page, while a &textldquo;right-hand heading&textrdquo; (right) is generated by the first \markboth or \markright that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. -\markright{right}\markright{right} +\markright{right}\markright{right} Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. @@ -5369,7 +5444,7 @@ the page.
      \thispagestyle\pagestylePage styles
      \thispagestyle{style} -\thispagestyle +\thispagestyle The \thispagestyle command works in the same manner as the \pagestyle command (see previous section) except that it @@ -5380,7 +5455,7 @@ changes to style for the current page only. SpacesBoxesPage stylesTop Spaces -spaces +spaces &latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. @@ -5409,7 +5484,7 @@ Vertical space \hspace\hfillSpaces
      \hspace -\hspace +\hspace Synopsis: @@ -5432,12 +5507,12 @@ form. \hfill\SPACE\hspaceSpaces
      \hfill -\hfill +\hfill The \hfill fill command produces a &textldquo;rubber length&textrdquo; which has no natural space but can stretch or shrink horizontally as far as needed. -\fill +\fill The \fill parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, the glue value 0pt plus1fill); thus, \hspace\fill is equivalent to \hfill. @@ -5446,9 +5521,9 @@ equivalent to \hfill.
      \SPACE\AT\hfillSpaces
      \SPACE -\SPACE -\TAB -\NEWLINE +\SPACE +\TAB +\NEWLINE The \ (space) command produces a normal interword space. It&textrsquo;s useful after punctuation which shouldn&textrsquo;t end a sentence. For example @@ -5463,7 +5538,7 @@ are equivalent to \ .
      \AT\thinspace\SPACESpaces
      \&arobase; -\&arobase; +\&arobase; The \&arobase; command makes the following punctuation character end a sentence even if it normally would not. This is typically used after @@ -5487,7 +5562,7 @@ a capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without
      \thinspace\/\ATSpaces
      \thinspace -\thinspace +\thinspace \thinspace produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6 of an em. This is the proper space to use in nested quotes, as @@ -5497,7 +5572,7 @@ in &textrsquo;&textrdquo;.
      \/\hrulefill\thinspaceSpaces
      \/ -\/ +\/ The \/ command produces an italic correction. This is a small space defined by the font designer for a given character, @@ -5526,7 +5601,7 @@ with pdf&tex;.
      \hrulefill\dotfill\/Spaces
      \hrulefill -\hrulefill +\hrulefill The \hrulefill fill command produces a &textldquo;rubber length&textrdquo; which can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal @@ -5537,7 +5612,7 @@ rule. \dotfill\addvspace\hrulefillSpaces
      \dotfill -\dotfill +\dotfill The \dotfill command produces a &textldquo;rubber length&textrdquo; that fills with dots instead of just white space. @@ -5547,9 +5622,9 @@ with dots instead of just white space.
      \addvspace\bigskip \medskip \smallskip\dotfillSpaces
      \addvspace -\addvspace -vertical space -space, inserting vertical +\addvspace +vertical space +space, inserting vertical \addvspace{length} @@ -5568,20 +5643,20 @@ of the total vertical space equal to length. \bigskip -\bigskip -\bigskipamount +\bigskip +\bigskipamount The same as \vspace{bigskipamount}, ordinarily about one line space (with stretch and shrink). \medskip -\medskip -\medskipamount +\medskip +\medskipamount The same as \vspace{medskipamount}, ordinarily about half of a line space (with stretch and shrink). \smallskip -\smallskip -\smallskipamount +\smallskip +\smallskipamount The same as \vspace{smallskipamount}, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space (with stretch and shrink). @@ -5593,7 +5668,7 @@ quarter of a line space (with stretch and shrink). \vfill\vspace\bigskip \medskip \smallskipSpaces
      \vfill -\vfill +\vfill The \vfill fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It&textrsquo;s equivalent to @@ -5603,7 +5678,7 @@ can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It&textrsquo;s equivalent to
      \vspace\vfillSpaces
      \vspace[*]{length} -\vspace +\vspace Synopsis: @@ -5624,7 +5699,7 @@ space is not removed. BoxesSpecial insertionsSpacesTop Boxes -boxes +boxes All the predefined length parameters (Predefined lengths) can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands. @@ -5644,9 +5719,9 @@ used in the arguments of the box-making commands. \mbox\fbox and \frameboxBoxes
      \mbox{text} -\mbox +\mbox -hyphenation, preventing +hyphenation, preventing The \mbox command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text created by its argument. The text is not broken into lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation. @@ -5656,8 +5731,8 @@ lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation. \fbox and \frameboxlrbox\mboxBoxes
      \fbox and \framebox -\fbox -\framebox +\fbox +\framebox Synopses: @@ -5674,8 +5749,8 @@ specification of the box width with the optional width argument (a dimension), and positioning with the optional position argument. -\fboxrule -\fboxsep +\fboxrule +\fboxsep Both commands produce a rule of thickness \fboxrule (default .4pt), and leave a space of \fboxsep (default 3pt) between the rule and the contents of the box. @@ -5687,7 +5762,7 @@ argument.
      lrbox\makebox\fbox and \frameboxBoxes
      lrbox -lrbox +lrbox \begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox} @@ -5700,7 +5775,7 @@ must have been declared with \newsavebox.
      \makebox\parboxlrboxBoxes
      \makebox -\makebox +\makebox Synopsis: @@ -5733,7 +5808,7 @@ stretchable space for this to work.
      \parbox\raisebox\makeboxBoxes
      \parbox -\parbox +\parbox Synopsis: @@ -5783,7 +5858,7 @@ for this to work.
      \raisebox\savebox\parboxBoxes
      \raisebox -\raisebox +\raisebox Synopsis: @@ -5805,7 +5880,7 @@ ignoring its natural height and depth.
      \savebox\sbox\raiseboxBoxes
      \savebox -\savebox +\savebox Synopsis: @@ -5822,7 +5897,7 @@ declared with \newsavebox ( \sbox\usebox\saveboxBoxes
      \sbox{\boxcmd}{text} -\sbox +\sbox Synopsis: @@ -5840,7 +5915,7 @@ included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled
      \usebox\sboxBoxes
      \usebox{\boxcmd -\usebox +\usebox Synopsis: @@ -5848,7 +5923,7 @@ included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled
      \usebox{\boxcmd}
       
      -\usebox producesthe box most recently saved in the bin +\usebox produces the box most recently saved in the bin \boxcmd by a \savebox command (\savebox). @@ -5872,8 +5947,8 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. Reserved charactersText symbolsSpecial insertions
      Reserved characters -reserved characters -characters, reserved +reserved characters +characters, reserved The following characters play a special role in &latex; and are called &textldquo;reserved characters&textrdquo; or &textldquo;special characters&textrdquo;. @@ -5882,33 +5957,33 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
      # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
       
      -\# -\$ -\% -\& -\_ -\{ -\} +\# +\$ +\% +\& +\_ +\{ +\} Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, &latex; will do something special. If you simply want the character to be printed as itself, include a \ in front of the character. For example, \$ will produce $ in your output. -\backslash +\backslash One exception to this rule is \ itself, because \\ has its own special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by typing $\backslash$ in your file, and a typewriter \ is produced by using \ in a verbatim command (verbatim). -\~ -\^ +\~ +\^ Also, \~ and \^ place tilde and circumflex accents over the following letter, as in o and o (Accents); to get a standalone ~ or ^, you can again use a verbatim command. -\symbol -accessing any character of a font +\symbol +accessing any character of a font Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you know its number by using the \symbol command. For example, the @@ -5924,274 +5999,274 @@ with ", so the previous example could also be written as Text symbolsAccentsReserved charactersSpecial insertions
      Text symbols -text symbols -textcomp package +text symbols +textcomp package &latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not available in OT1; you may need to load the textcomp package. -\copyright\copyright -\textcopyright\textcopyright -copyright symbol +\copyright\copyright +\textcopyright\textcopyright +copyright symbol The copyright symbol, ©right;. -\dag\dag -dagger, in text +\dag\dag +dagger, in text The dagger symbol (in text). -\ddag\ddag -double dagger, in text +\ddag\ddag +double dagger, in text The double dagger symbol (in text). -\LaTeX\LaTeX -&latex; logo -logo, &latex; +\LaTeX\LaTeX +&latex; logo +logo, &latex; The &latex; logo. -\guillemotleft («)\guillemotleft («) -\guillemotright (»)\guillemotright (») -\guilsinglleft (‹)\guilsinglleft (‹) -\guilsinglright (›)\guilsinglright (›) -double guillemets -single guillemets -left angle quotation marks -right angle quotation marks -double angle quotation marks -single angle quotation marks -French quotation marks -quotation marks, French +\guillemotleft («)\guillemotleft («) +\guillemotright (»)\guillemotright (») +\guilsinglleft (‹)\guilsinglleft (‹) +\guilsinglright (›)\guilsinglright (›) +double guillemets +single guillemets +left angle quotation marks +right angle quotation marks +double angle quotation marks +single angle quotation marks +French quotation marks +quotation marks, French Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French: «, », ‹, ›. -\ldots\ldots -\dots\dots -\textellipsis\textellipsis -ellipsis +\ldots\ldots +\dots\dots +\textellipsis\textellipsis +ellipsis An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): &textlsquo;&dots;&textrsquo;. \ldots and \dots also work in math mode. -\lq\lq -left quote -opening quote +\lq\lq +left quote +opening quote Left (opening) quote: &textlsquo;. -\P\P -\textparagraph\textparagraph -paragraph symbol -pilcrow +\P\P +\textparagraph\textparagraph +paragraph symbol +pilcrow Paragraph sign (pilcrow). -\pounds\pounds -\textsterling\textsterling -pounds symbol -sterling symbol +\pounds\pounds +\textsterling\textsterling +pounds symbol +sterling symbol English pounds sterling: £. -\quotedblbase („)\quotedblbase („) -\quotesinglbase (‚)\quotesinglbase (‚) -double low-9 quotation mark -single low-9 quotation mark -low-9 quotation marks, single and double +\quotedblbase („)\quotedblbase („) +\quotesinglbase (‚)\quotesinglbase (‚) +double low-9 quotation mark +single low-9 quotation mark +low-9 quotation marks, single and double Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: „ and ‚. -\rq\rq -right quote -closing quote +\rq\rq +right quote +closing quote Right (closing) quote: &textrsquo;. -\S\S -section symbol +\S\S +section symbol Section symbol. -\TeX\TeX -&tex; logo -logo, &tex; +\TeX\TeX +&tex; logo +logo, &tex; The &tex; logo. -\textasciicircum\textasciicircum -circumflex, ASCII, in text -ASCII circumflex, in text +\textasciicircum\textasciicircum +circumflex, ASCII, in text +ASCII circumflex, in text ASCII circumflex: ^. -\textasciitilde\textasciitilde -tilde, ASCII, in text -ASCII tilde, in text +\textasciitilde\textasciitilde +tilde, ASCII, in text +ASCII tilde, in text ASCII tilde: ~. -\textasteriskcentered\textasteriskcentered -asterisk, centered, in text -centered asterisk, in text +\textasteriskcentered\textasteriskcentered +asterisk, centered, in text +centered asterisk, in text Centered asterisk: *. -\textbackslash\textbackslash -backslash, in text +\textbackslash\textbackslash +backslash, in text Backslash: \. -\textbar\textbar -vertical bar, in text -bar, vertical, in text +\textbar\textbar +vertical bar, in text +bar, vertical, in text Vertical bar: |. -\textbardbl\textbardbl -vertical bar, double, in text -bar, double vertical, in text -double vertical bar, in text +\textbardbl\textbardbl +vertical bar, double, in text +bar, double vertical, in text +double vertical bar, in text Double vertical bar. -\textbigcircle\textbigcircle -big circle symbols, in text -circle symbol, big, in text +\textbigcircle\textbigcircle +big circle symbols, in text +circle symbol, big, in text Big circle symbol. -\textbraceleft\textbraceleft -left brace, in text -brace, left, in text +\textbraceleft\textbraceleft +left brace, in text +brace, left, in text Left brace: {. -\textbraceright\textbraceright -right brace, in text -brace, right, in text +\textbraceright\textbraceright +right brace, in text +brace, right, in text Right brace: }. -\textbullet\textbullet -bullet, in text +\textbullet\textbullet +bullet, in text Bullet: •. -\textcircled{letter}\textcircled{letter} -circled letter, in text +\textcircled{letter}\textcircled{letter} +circled letter, in text letter in a circle, as in ®istered;. -\textcompwordmark\textcompwordmark -\textcapitalwordmark\textcapitalwordmark -\textascenderwordmark\textascenderwordmark -composite word mark, in text -cap height -ascender height +\textcompwordmark\textcompwordmark +\textcapitalwordmark\textcapitalwordmark +\textascenderwordmark\textascenderwordmark +composite word mark, in text +cap height +ascender height Composite word mark (invisible). The \textcapital... form has the cap height of the font, while the \textascender... form has the ascender height. -\textdagger\textdagger -dagger, in text +\textdagger\textdagger +dagger, in text Dagger: \dag. -\textdaggerdbl\textdaggerdbl -dagger, double, in text -double dagger, in text +\textdaggerdbl\textdaggerdbl +dagger, double, in text +double dagger, in text Double dagger: \ddag. -\textdollar (or $)\textdollar (or $) -dollar sign -currency, dollar +\textdollar (or $)\textdollar (or $) +dollar sign +currency, dollar Dollar sign: $. -\textemdash (or ---)\textemdash (or ---) -em-dash +\textemdash (or ---)\textemdash (or ---) +em-dash Em-dash: &textmdash; (for punctuation). -\textendash (or --)\textendash (or --) -e-dash +\textendash (or --)\textendash (or --) +e-dash En-dash: &textmdash; (for ranges). -\texteuro\texteuro -euro symbol -currency, euro +\texteuro\texteuro +euro symbol +currency, euro The Euro symbol: €. -\textexclamdown (or !`)\textexclamdown (or !`) -exclamation point, upside-down +\textexclamdown (or !`)\textexclamdown (or !`) +exclamation point, upside-down Upside down exclamation point: ¡. -\textgreater\textgreater -greater than symbol, in text +\textgreater\textgreater +greater than symbol, in text Greater than: >. -\textless\textless -less than symbol, in text +\textless\textless +less than symbol, in text Less than: <. -\textleftarrow\textleftarrow -arrow, left, in text -left arrow, in text +\textleftarrow\textleftarrow +arrow, left, in text +left arrow, in text Left arrow. -\textordfeminine\textordfeminine -\textordmasculine\textordmasculine -feminine ordinal symbol -masculine ordinal symbol -ordinals, feminine and masculine -Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine +\textordfeminine\textordfeminine +\textordmasculine\textordmasculine +feminine ordinal symbol +masculine ordinal symbol +ordinals, feminine and masculine +Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: ª, º. -\textperiodcentered\textperiodcentered -period, centered, in text -centered period, in text +\textperiodcentered\textperiodcentered +period, centered, in text +centered period, in text Centered period: \cdot. -\textquestiondown (or ?`)\textquestiondown (or ?`) -questionation point, upside-down +\textquestiondown (or ?`)\textquestiondown (or ?`) +questionation point, upside-down Upside down questionation point: ¿. -\textquotedblleft (or ``)\textquotedblleft (or ``) -left quote, double -double left quote +\textquotedblleft (or ``)\textquotedblleft (or ``) +left quote, double +double left quote Double left quote: &textldquo;. -\textquotedblright (or ')\textquotedblright (or ') -right quote, double -double right quote +\textquotedblright (or ')\textquotedblright (or ') +right quote, double +double right quote Double right quote: &textrdquo;. -\textquoteleft (or `)\textquoteleft (or `) -left quote, single -single left quote +\textquoteleft (or `)\textquoteleft (or `) +left quote, single +single left quote Single left quote: &textlsquo;. -\textquoteright (or ')\textquoteright (or ') -right quote, single -single right quote +\textquoteright (or ')\textquoteright (or ') +right quote, single +single right quote Single right quote: &textrsquo;. -\textquotestraightbase\textquotestraightbase -\textquotestraightdblbase\textquotestraightdblbase -quote, straight base -straight quote, base -double quote, straight base -straight double quote, base +\textquotestraightbase\textquotestraightbase +\textquotestraightdblbase\textquotestraightdblbase +quote, straight base +straight quote, base +double quote, straight base +straight double quote, base Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. -\textregistered\textregistered -registered symbol +\textregistered\textregistered +registered symbol Registered symbol: ®istered;. -\textrightarrow\textrightarrow -arrow, right, in text -right arrow, in text +\textrightarrow\textrightarrow +arrow, right, in text +right arrow, in text Right arrow. -\textthreequartersemdash\textthreequartersemdash -three-quarters em-dash -em-dash, three-quarters +\textthreequartersemdash\textthreequartersemdash +three-quarters em-dash +em-dash, three-quarters &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -\texttrademark\texttrademark -trademark symbol +\texttrademark\texttrademark +trademark symbol Trademark symbol: ^{\hbox{TM}}. -\texttwelveudash\texttwelveudash -two-thirds em-dash -em-dash, two-thirds +\texttwelveudash\texttwelveudash +two-thirds em-dash +em-dash, two-thirds &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -\textunderscore\textunderscore -underscore, in text +\textunderscore\textunderscore +underscore, in text Underscore: _. -\textvisiblespace\textvisiblespace -visible space symbol, in text +\textvisiblespace\textvisiblespace +visible space symbol, in text Visible space symbol. @@ -6201,9 +6276,9 @@ has the ascender height. AccentsNon-English charactersText symbolsSpecial insertions
      Accents -accents -characters, accented -letters, accented +accents +characters, accented +letters, accented &latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and languages, through the babel package and related support. This @@ -6216,133 +6291,133 @@ capital letters. These are not available with OT1.
      \" \capitaldieresis -\" (umlaut accent) -\capitaldieresis -umlaut accent -dieresis accent +\" (umlaut accent) +\capitaldieresis +umlaut accent +dieresis accent Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in o. \' \capitalacute -\&textrsquo; (acute accent) -\capitalacute -acute accent +\&textrsquo; (acute accent) +\capitalacute +acute accent Produces an acute accent, as in o. In the tabbing environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column (tabbing). \. -\. (dot-over accent) -dot accent -dot-over accent +\. (dot-over accent) +dot accent +dot-over accent Produces a dot accent over the following, as in o. \= \capitalmacron -\= (macron accent) -\capitalmacron -macron accent -overbar accent -bar-over accent +\= (macron accent) +\capitalmacron +macron accent +overbar accent +bar-over accent Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in o. \^ \capitalcircumflex -\^ (circumflex accent) -\capitalcircumflex -circumflex accent -hat accent +\^ (circumflex accent) +\capitalcircumflex +circumflex accent +hat accent Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in o. \` \capitalgrave -\&textlsquo; (grave accent) -\capitalgrave -grave accent +\&textlsquo; (grave accent) +\capitalgrave +grave accent Produces a grave accent over the following, as in o. In the tabbing environment, move following text to the right margin (tabbing). \~ \capitaltilde -\~ (tilde accent) -\capitaltilde -tilde accent +\~ (tilde accent) +\capitaltilde +tilde accent Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in n. \b -\b (bar-under accent) -bar-under accent +\b (bar-under accent) +bar-under accent Produces a bar accent under the following, as in o. \c \capitalcedilla -\c (cedilla accent) -\capitalcedilla -cedilla accent +\c (cedilla accent) +\capitalcedilla +cedilla accent Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in c. \d \capitaldotaccent -\d (dot-under accent) -\capitaldotaccent -dot-under accent +\d (dot-under accent) +\capitaldotaccent +dot-under accent Produces a dot accent under the following, as in o. \H \capitalhungarumlaut -\H (Hungarian umlaut accent) -\capitalhungarumlaut -hungarian umlaut accent +\H (Hungarian umlaut accent) +\capitalhungarumlaut +hungarian umlaut accent Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in o. \i -\i (dotless i) -dotless i +\i (dotless i) +dotless i Produces a dotless i, as in &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;. \j -\j (dotless j) -dotless j +\j (dotless j) +dotless j Produces a dotless j, as in &textlsquo;j&textrsquo;. \k \capitalogonek -\k (ogonek) -\capitalogonek -ogonek +\k (ogonek) +\capitalogonek +ogonek Produces a letter with ogonek, as in &textlsquo;o&textrsquo;. Not available in the OT1 encoding. \r \capitalring -\r (ring accent) -\capitalring -ring accent +\r (ring accent) +\capitalring +ring accent Produces a ring accent, as in &textlsquo;o&textrsquo;. \t \capitaltie \newtie \capitalnewtie -\t (tie-after accent) -\capitaltie -\newtie -\capitalnewtie -tie-after accent +\t (tie-after accent) +\capitaltie +\newtie +\capitalnewtie +tie-after accent Produces a tie-after accent, as in &textlsquo;oo&textrsquo;. The \newtie form is centered in its box. \u \capitalbreve -\u (breve accent) -\capitalbreve -breve accent +\u (breve accent) +\capitalbreve +breve accent Produces a breve accent, as in &textlsquo;o&textrsquo;. \underbar -\underbar -underbar +\underbar +underbar Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text. The argument is always processed in horizontal mode. The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing through @@ -6350,11 +6425,11 @@ descenders. See also \underline in \v \capitalcaron -\v (breve accent) -\capitalcaron -hacek accent -check accent -caron accent +\v (breve accent) +\capitalcaron +hacek accent +check accent +caron accent Produces a hacek (check, caron) accent, as in &textlsquo;o&textrsquo;.
      @@ -6364,10 +6439,10 @@ descenders. See also \underline in Non-English characters\ruleAccentsSpecial insertions
      Non-English characters -special characters -non-English characters -characters, non-English -letters, non-English +special characters +non-English characters +characters, non-English +letters, non-English Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting characters commonly used in languages other than English. @@ -6376,80 +6451,80 @@ used in languages other than English. \aa \AA -\aa (å) -\AA (Å) -aring +\aa (å) +\AA (Å) +aring å and Å. \ae \AE -\ae (æ) -\AE (Æ) -ae ligature +\ae (æ) +\AE (Æ) +ae ligature æ and Æ. \dh \DH -\dh (æ) -\DH (Æ) -Icelandic eth -eth, Icelandic letter +\dh (æ) +\DH (Æ) +Icelandic eth +eth, Icelandic letter Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. \dj \DJ -\dj -\DJ +\dj +\DJ xxxx \ij \IJ -\ij (ij) -\IJ (IJ) -ij letter, Dutch +\ij (ij) +\IJ (IJ) +ij letter, Dutch ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). \l \L -\l (&lslash;) -\L (&Lslash;) -polish l +\l (&lslash;) +\L (&Lslash;) +polish l &lslash; and &Lslash;. \ng \NG -\ng -\NG +\ng +\NG xxxx \o \O -\o (ø) -\O (Ø) -oslash +\o (ø) +\O (Ø) +oslash ø and Ø. \oe \OE -\oe (œ) -\OE (Œ) -oe ligature +\oe (œ) +\OE (Œ) +oe ligature œ and Œ. \ss \SS -\ss (ß) -\SS (SS) -es-zet German letter -sharp S letters +\ss (ß) +\SS (SS) +es-zet German letter +sharp S letters ß and SS. \th \TH -\th (þ) -\TH (Þ) -Icelandic thorn -thorn, Icelandic letter +\th (þ) +\TH (Þ) +Icelandic thorn +thorn, Icelandic letter Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. @@ -6458,7 +6533,7 @@ used in languages other than English.
      \rule\todayNon-English charactersSpecial insertions
      \rule -\rule +\rule Synopsis: @@ -6484,7 +6559,7 @@ rectangles. The arguments are:
      \today\ruleSpecial insertions
      \today -\today +\today The \today command produces today&textrsquo;s date, in the format month dd, yyyy; for example, &textlsquo;July 4, 1976&textrsquo;. @@ -6492,7 +6567,7 @@ It uses the predefined counters \day, \month, and \year (\day \month \year) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. -datetime package +datetime package The datetime package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. @@ -6501,8 +6576,8 @@ of other date formats. Splitting the inputFront/back matterSpecial insertionsTop Splitting the input -splitting the input file -input file +splitting the input file +input file A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole input in a single large file, it&textrsquo;s more efficient to split it into @@ -6510,6 +6585,9 @@ several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run &latex;. +filecontents, for an environment that allows bundling an +external file to be created with the main document. + \include
      Conditionally include a file.
       
      \includeonly
      Determine which files are included.
      @@ -6519,7 +6597,7 @@ when you run &latex;.
       
       \include\includeonlySplitting the input
       
      \include -\include +\include Synopsis: @@ -6536,7 +6614,7 @@ command executes \clearpage to start a new page only run if file is listed as an argument to \includeonly. See the next section. -nested \include, not allowed +nested \include, not allowed The \include command may not appear in the preamble or in a file read by another \include command. @@ -6544,7 +6622,7 @@ read by another \include command.
      \includeonly\input\includeSplitting the input
      \includeonly -\includeonly +\includeonly Synopsis: @@ -6564,7 +6642,7 @@ effective.
      \input\includeonlySplitting the input
      \input -\input +\input Synopsis: @@ -6581,7 +6659,6 @@ file at that point. or foo.bar.tex). If that is not found, the original file is tried (foo or foo.bar). -
      Front/back matterLettersSplitting the inputTop @@ -6597,10 +6674,10 @@ is tried (foo or foo.bar). Tables of contentsGlossariesFront/back matter
      Tables of contents -table of contents, creating +table of contents, creating -\tableofcontents -.toc file +\tableofcontents +.toc file A table of contents is produced with the \tableofcontents command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents to go; &latex; does the rest for you. A previous run must @@ -6611,13 +6688,13 @@ not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the table of contents, write a \newpage command after the \tableofcontents command. -\listoffigures -\listoftables +\listoffigures +\listoftables The analogous commands \listoffigures and \listoftables produce a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. -\nofiles +\nofiles The command \nofiles overrides these commands, and prevents any of these lists from being generated. @@ -6629,8 +6706,8 @@ Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. \addcontentsline\addtocontentsTables of contents \addcontentsline -\addcontentsline{ext}{unit}{text} -table of contents entry, manually adding +\addcontentsline{ext}{unit}{text} +table of contents entry, manually adding The \addcontentsline{ext}{unit}{text} command adds an entry to the specified list or table where: @@ -6659,7 +6736,7 @@ following, matching the value of the ext argument: The actual text of the entry. -\contentsline +\contentsline What is written to the .ext file is the command \contentsline{unit}{name}. @@ -6669,7 +6746,7 @@ command \contentsline{unit}{name \addtocontents\addcontentslineTables of contents \addtocontents -\addtocontents{ext}{text} +\addtocontents{ext}{text} The \addtocontents{ext}{text} command adds text (or formatting commands) directly to the .ext file that @@ -6690,17 +6767,17 @@ generates the table of contents or lists of figures or tables.
      GlossariesIndexesTables of contentsFront/back matter
      Glossaries -glossaries +glossaries -\makeglossary +\makeglossary The command \makeglossary enables creating glossaries. -\glossary -.glo file +\glossary +.glo file The command \glossary{text} writes a glossary entry for text to an auxiliary file with the .glo extension. -\glossaryentry +\glossaryentry Specifically, what gets written is the command \glossaryentry{text}{pageno}, where pageno is the current \thepage value. @@ -6712,36 +6789,36 @@ glossaries.
      IndexesGlossariesFront/back matter
      Indexes -indexes +indexes -\makeindex +\makeindex The command \makeindex enables creating indexes. Put this in the preamble. -\index -.idx file +\index +.idx file The command \index{text} writes an index entry for text to an auxiliary file with the .idx extension. -\indexentry +\indexentry Specifically, what gets written is the command \indexentry{text}{pageno}, where pageno is the current \thepage value. -&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries +&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries To generate a index entry for &textlsquo;bar&textrsquo; that says &textlsquo;See foo&textrsquo;, use a vertical bar: \index{bar|see{foo}}. Use seealso instead of see to make a &textlsquo;See also&textrsquo; entry. -\seename -\alsoname +\seename +\alsoname The text &textlsquo;See&textrsquo; is defined by the macro \seename, and &textlsquo;See also&textrsquo; by the macro \alsoname. These can be redefined for other languages. -makeindex program -xindy program -.ind file +makeindex program +xindy program +.ind file The generated .idx file is then sorted with an external command, usually either makeindex (http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex) or (the @@ -6749,23 +6826,23 @@ multi-lingual) xindy (http://xindy.sourceforge. This results in a .ind file, which can then be read to typeset the index. -printindex -makeidx package +printindex +makeidx package The index is usually generated with the \printindex command. This is defined in the makeidx package, so \usepackage{makeidx} needs to be in the preamble. -indexspace +indexspace The rubber length \indexspace is inserted before each new letter in the printed index; its default value is 10pt plus5pt minus3pt. -showidx package +showidx package The showidx package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. -multind package +multind package The multind package supports multiple indexes. See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind. @@ -6775,8 +6852,8 @@ preparing the index. LettersTerminal input/outputFront/back matterTop Letters -letters -creating letters +letters +creating letters You can use &latex; to typeset letters, both personal and business. The letter document class is designed to make a number of letters at @@ -6808,7 +6885,7 @@ the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary &latex; input. Commands that make no sense in a letter, like \chapter, do not work. The letter closes with a \closing command. -\\ for letters +\\ for letters After the closing, you can have additional material. The \cc command produces the usual &textldquo;cc: &dots;&textrdquo;. There&textrsquo;s also a similar \encl command for a list of enclosures. With both these @@ -6835,7 +6912,7 @@ commands, use \\ to separate the items. \address\ccLetters
      \address{return-address} -\address +\address The \address specifies the return address of a letter, as it should appear on the letter and the envelope. Separate lines of the @@ -6852,8 +6929,8 @@ letter will be formatted as a personal letter. \cc\closing\addressLetters
      \cc -\cc -cc list, in letters +\cc +cc list, in letters Synopsis: @@ -6869,9 +6946,9 @@ printed on a separate line. \closing\encl\ccLetters
      \closing -\closing -letters, ending -closing letters +\closing +letters, ending +closing letters Synopsis: @@ -6889,8 +6966,8 @@ printed on a separate line. \encl\location\closingLetters
      \encl -\encl -enclosure list +\encl +enclosure list Synopsis: @@ -6904,7 +6981,7 @@ printed on a separate line.
      \location\makelabels\enclLetters
      \location -\location +\location \location{address} @@ -6915,7 +6992,7 @@ if the firstpage pagestyle is selected.
      \makelabels\name\locationLetters
      \makelabels -\makelabels +\makelabels \makelabels{number} @@ -6927,7 +7004,7 @@ address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters.
      \name\opening\makelabelsLetters
      \name -\name +\name \name{June Davenport} @@ -6938,8 +7015,8 @@ address.
      \opening\ps\nameLetters
      \opening{text} -\opening -letters, starting +\opening +letters, starting Synopsis: @@ -6959,8 +7036,8 @@ For instance:
      \ps\signature\openingLetters
      \ps -\ps -postscript, in letters +\ps +postscript, in letters Use the \ps command to start a postscript in a letter, after \closing. @@ -6969,7 +7046,7 @@ For instance:
      \signature\startbreaks\psLetters
      \signature{text} -\signature +\signature Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the space for your signature. \\ starts a new line within @@ -6979,7 +7056,7 @@ space for your signature. \\ starts a new line within
      \startbreaks\stopbreaks\signatureLetters
      \startbreaks -\startbreaks +\startbreaks \startbreaks @@ -6990,7 +7067,7 @@ space for your signature. \\ starts a new line within
      \stopbreaks\telephone\startbreaksLetters
      \stopbreaks -\stopbreaks +\stopbreaks \stopbreaks @@ -7001,7 +7078,7 @@ space for your signature. \\ starts a new line within
      \telephone\stopbreaksLetters
      \telephone -\telephone +\telephone \telephone{number} @@ -7013,8 +7090,8 @@ space for your signature. \\ starts a new line within Terminal input/outputCommand lineLettersTop Terminal input/output -input/output -terminal input/output +input/output +terminal input/output \typein
      Read text from the terminal.
      @@ -7024,7 +7101,7 @@ space for your signature.  \\ starts a new line within
       
       \typein\typeoutTerminal input/output
       
      \typein[cmd]{msg} -\typein +\typein Synopsis: @@ -7044,7 +7121,7 @@ redefined to be the typed input.
      \typeout\typeinTerminal input/output
      \typeout{msg} -\typeout +\typeout Synopsis: @@ -7068,7 +7145,7 @@ printed, independent of surrounding spaces. A ^^J in Command lineDocument templatesTerminal input/outputTop Command line -command line +command line The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; &tex; uses .tex as a default file extension. If you omit the @@ -7083,9 +7160,9 @@ command; e.g. will process foo.tex without pausing after every error. -* prompt -prompt, * -\stop +* prompt +prompt, * +\stop If &latex; stops in the middle of the document and gives you a * prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type \stop (and return) and it will prematurely end the document. @@ -7095,7 +7172,7 @@ command; e.g. Document templatesConcept IndexCommand lineTop Document templates -document templates +document templates Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will be useful. Additional template resources are listed @@ -7177,8 +7254,7 @@ The end. \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf -\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,hidelinks]{hyperref} \else \usepackage{url} \fi -- cgit v1.2.3